LASE Laser Photonics Corporation

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K/A

Amendment No. 2

 

☒	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023

OR

 

☐	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM __________ TO __________

 

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 001-41515

 

Laser Photonics Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware		84-3628771
State or other jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization		I.R.S. Employer Identification No.

 

1101 N. Keller Road, Suite G Orlando, FL		32810
Address of Principal Executive Offices		Zip Code

 

(407) 804 1000

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code

 

________________________________________________________________

Former Name, Former Address and Former Fiscal Year, if Changed Since Last Report

 

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT: NONE

 

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:

 

COMMON STOCK, $0.001 PAR VALUE

 

Title of each class		Trading Symbol(s)		Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock		LASE		The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed be Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐

 

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer	☐
Non-accelerated Filer	☒	Smaller reporting company	☒
		Emerging growth company	☒

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒.

 

As of December 31, 2023, and as of the date this Form 10-K is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Registrant’s common stock is trading on the NASDAQ under the ticker symbol “LASE”.

 

0 

As of April 10, 2024, there were 9,270,419 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding.

 

 

 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

Laser Photonics Corporation (the “Company”) is filing this Amendment No. 2 (“Amendment No. 2”) to its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, as filed with the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on April 9, 2024 (the “Original Filing”) and as amended by Amendment No. 1 as filed with the SEC on August 28, 2024 (“Amendment No. 1”) in response to a comment letter dated September 4, 2024, from the SEC and to add “restated” to the columns in our restated financial statements, make clear that internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2023, and to update the certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (Exhibits 31.1, 31.2, 32.1 and 32.2), as required under Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENT

 

ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	4
ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	18
ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	39
ITEM 1C.	CYBERSECURITY	40
ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	41
ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	41
ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETYDISCLOSURES	41
PART II
ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITYSECURITIES	42
ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	43
ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	45
ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	57
ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	58
ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTINGAND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	59
ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	59
ITEM 9B	OTHER INFORMATION	59
ITEM 9C.	DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS	59
PART III
ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERANCE	60
ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	65
ITEM 12.	SECURITYOWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	72
ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	73
ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTINGFEES AND SERVICES	76
PART IV
ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	77
SIGNATURES		78

 

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

OVERVIEW

 

We are pioneering a new generation of laser blasting technologies focused on disrupting the sandblasting and abrasives blasting markets. We offer a full portfolio of integrated laser blasting solutions for corrosion control, rust removal, de-coating, pre- and post-welding, laser cleaning and surface conditioning. Our solutions span use cases throughout product lifecycles, from product fabrication to maintenance and repair, as well as aftermarket operations. Our laser blasting solutions are applicable in every industry dealing with materials processing, including automotive, aerospace, healthcare, consumer products, shipbuilding, aerospace, heavy industry, machine manufacturing, nuclear maintenance and de-commissioning and surface coating.

 

We believe that our laser cleaning technology, which we refer to as Laser Blasting™, is one of the most exciting and transformational innovations of our time. It has the capacity to change the way society combats corrosion, nuclear contamination (transmutation), material surface preparation, rust removal, equipment and engine maintenance and repair, as well as myriad number of other industrial processes, currently employing unhealthy, dangerous, and environmentally hazardous old technologies. Our mission is to make laser blasting accessible to operation personnel in every industry involved in any type of material treatment. In doing so, we believe we will empower businesses to adopt radical new approach to design, produce, maintain and repair equipment utilizing cleaner, safer, energy efficient and more cost-effective laser-based technologies to outcompete and outperform competitors using obsolete 19th century technologies. With our state-of- the-art technology, small service companies working in high-growth industries can achieve superior financial results that will propel future global economic growth.

 

At this moment, “do no harm” corporate social responsibility initiatives have combined with legislative and social initiatives to safeguard the health of workers, while protecting the environment, and lowering carbon emissions. In the case of the world’s largest single market for industrial laser cleaning—the United States—legislative and regulatory crackdown on the use of abrasives blasting, coupled with official government policy requiring government agencies to Buy American products whenever possible are barriers to entry for most companies trying to compete in the industrial laser cleaning equipment market.

 

By introducing our cleaner, safer, energy efficient, and more cost-effective laser-based technologies to replace antiquated hazard-prone abrasives blasting methods—sandblasting, abrasive blasting, grinding, chemical etching and the use of toxic chemical solvents— we believe that we are positioned with the right technology, at the right time, and in the right place to provide the solution that will disrupt the abrasives blasting industry.

 

In contrast to abrasive cleaning, laser cleaning is a non-contact and non-abrasive process to remove contaminants or impurities on the surface of metals by physically removing the upper layer of the substrate using laser irradiation and where a desired depth can be achieved with a high degree of accuracy and throughput. We expect to introduce the new laser-based transmutation process into maintenance and decommissioning of nuclear facilities, as studies have shown that metal surfaces in those facilities have been exposed to radiation and that the radioactivity is primarily located in the oxide layer. Accordingly, we propose to develop the decontamination of metallic surfaces by laser ablation which consists of ejecting surface contamination using high energy pulses and trapping ablated matter (the impurities removed from the metal’s surface) in a filter to avoid its release into the environment. We believe that laser cleaning has many advantages over abrasive cleaning methods such as the minimization of secondary waste, the absence of effluents and the reduction of the exposure of workers to toxic waste through automation of the cleaning process.

 

Our potential to capitalize on this significant opportunity set is rooted in our deep experience in, and our commitment to, research and development. Our engineering efforts are led by a team of world-renowned experts in advanced manufacturing, material science and engineering. Our in-house R&D team is led by Igor Vodopiyanov, a PhD particle physicist who served as a lead subject matter expert at the CERN Large Hadron Collider, and who managed the Hadron Calorimeter Calibration and Condition Group of the CMS Collaboration, members of the particle physics community from across the globe in a quest to advance humanity’s knowledge of the very basic laws of our Universe.

 

Our announced laser blasting solutions are as follows:

 

Handheld Laser Blasting™: We offer the widest line of Class IV handheld laser blasting equipment in the world, from 20W (watt) to 3000W system, including the world’s most powerful production Laser Blaster™ on the market—the Jobsite 2000—to the even more powerful JobSite 3000 which debuts at Aviation Week’s MRO Americas 21 trade show at the end of April 2021. We have under development our most powerful laser blasting equipment, our 4000W handheld system.

 

Laser Blasting Cabinet: This affordable and safe solution is configured as a fully enclosed Class 1 workspace, designed to replace sandblasting enclosures, along with their noise, dust, media storage, replenishment, and clean-up requirements. The Blasting Cabinet is ideal for companies of any size that use abrasive blasting or chemical baths to clean parts or prepare materials.

 

Class I Laser Blasting Systems: Our Mega Center and Titan lines of Class I Laser Blasting Systems are designed with mass production in mind. These production line-capable systems are designed with automation control and automated materials-loading capabilities to allow for maximum throughput on assembly lines for high production/high precision environments.

 

Robotic Laser Blasting Cells with AI: Robots are intended to lighten the workload for us humans. We achieve this with user programmable AI (UPAI) driving our C-Robots. Line workers can quickly and easily program these precision robots to complete complex and repetitive tasks in high throughput production environments.

 

 

We initiated our sales effort in December 2019. By December 31, 2022, we had gross sales of $5,078,539 and net sales of $4,954,689. We sell our products globally to end users, and principally to Fortune 1000 companies, as well as to agencies of the U.S. Government.

 

Our vertically integrated operations allow us to reduce development and advanced laser equipment manufacturing time, offer better prices, control quality, and protect our proprietary knowhow and technology compared to other laser cleaning companies and companies with competing technologies.

 

We market our products globally through our direct sales force located in the United States and a few sales representatives located in Europe, Japan and South Asia.

 

We have an exclusive license agreement with ICT Investments. Under the terms of this agreement, we have a perpetual, worldwide, exclusive license to sell the Laser Photonics™ branded equipment for laser cleaning and rust removal. Through our affiliation with ICT, its portfolio companies, and their customers, we have instant access to more than 1,500 high profile Fortune 5000 customer prospects as well as recognition as a global leader in manufacturing premium laser equipment. In addition, through the expertise and reputation of our officers, Board members and advisors, we have the foundation of our technologically advanced, disruptive laser systems specifically suited for most material processes with specific cleaning requirements and challenges.

 

At our core, we are a company of innovators. We are led by visionary technologists and a team of proven leaders with experience bringing emerging technologies to market across the hardware, materials, and software sectors. We believe that our technologies have the potential to empower engineers and designers to adopt laser blasting as the only known alternative to sand blasting and to drive new application discovery as well as to provide manufacturers with reliable and high-performance solutions that will facilitate their production capabilities and maintenance, repair, and operations (“MRO”).

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 1101 N. Keller Rd., Suite G, Orlando, Florida 32810, and our telephone number is (407) 804-1000.

 

Our Market

 

Our market encompasses industrial de-painting, surface preparation, coating and corrosion control space. This includes media blasting or sandblasting, dry ice blasting and laser cleaning or laser blasting. According to Global Market Insights, the laser cleaning market value is estimated at $9 billion in 2021 and projected to be $12 billion by 2025, which includes laser cleaning for maintenance repair operations. Market growth is driven by the increasing demand for robotic cleaning technology, growth in the automotive industry, as well as demand in construction and metalworking industries.

 

In addition, we see the greatest opportunity for growth in the disruption of the global abrasives blasting media and equipment markets, cumulatively worth $46 billion. Media blasting is used in nearly every heavy industry, but for health, environmental and safety reasons, media blasting is being regulated into obsolescence. A safer alternative, albeit not without risks, is dry ice blasting. It is expensive to operate, and like media blasting, it is prone to equipment failure.

 

Considering the regulatory pressures on media blasting and the higher costs of both media blasting and dry ice blasting, we believe that efficient laser cleaning or laser blasting will disrupt the blast cleaning market and emerge as the clean, efficient and low-cost alternative blast cleaning method.

 

 

We offer the latest generation of laser material processing equipment for a variety of industrial markets and applications, including for defense, space exploration, aerospace, automotive, medical, industrial, electronic and agriculture markets.

 

We believe that the laser cleaning equipment market has even a greater potential for growth considering the size of the $10 billion abrasive cleaning market, and the ancillary $1 billion sandblasting media market, which are being pressured into obsolescence from regulatory agencies and the demands of labor tasked with cleaning industrial equipment. These market pressures, driven by health, safety and environmental concerns, are accelerating the replacement of abrasive blasting and laser cleaning is emerging as the safe, clean, efficient and affordable alternative.

 

The growth of the laser cleaning market is attributable to the benefits it provides over traditional cleaning methods, such as abrasive media blasting, dry-ice blasting, and chemical cleaning processes, all of which are inherently hazardous to the health of workers, as well as to the environment since they generate a considerable amount of potentially harmful waste.

 

Our laser cleaning equipment also facilitates our customers’ compliance with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulations to protect the health of workers using conventional abrasive blasting equipment. The current OSHA permissible exposure limit (PEL) for respirable crystalline silica (quartz) is 100µg/m3 as an 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA).

 

All our Class I product enclosures are built and labeled to meet or exceed the guidelines established by the Food and Drug Administration’s (FDA) Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) that regulates the manufacture of radiation emitting electronic products. The CDRH does not issue certificates of compliance. Instead, the CDRH relies on a system of self-certification. That certification of compliance is based on a prescribed testing program that ensures that safety standards have been met. In accordance with HHS Publication FDA 86-8260, COMPLIANCE GUIDE FOR LASER PRODUCTS, we follow the FDA CDRH published reporting guidelines for the testing and certification of laser products. This includes submitting required reports to CDRH, including Annual Reports summarizing required records, including product names, model numbers, and lasers medium or wavelengths. In compliance with CDRH guidelines, we maintain records of each product produced and sold.

 

Our Market Opportunity

 

Just one of the global markets, the MRO industry, has a total market value of $150.64 billion as of 2021, with forecast revenue of $178.85 billion for 2028. Annual Pentagon spending on corrosion control alone is forecast to be $22 billion.

 

The North America MRO distribution market size was valued at $142.65 billion in 2020 and is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 2.9% from 2021 to 2028 according to a report by Grand View Research, Inc. Various initiatives by manufacturers to attain optimum efficiency are expected to drive market growth over the forecast period. MRO distribution is one of the critical components of the industry, which is necessary to eliminate downtime. As a result, industries initiate multiple scheduled and preventive maintenance processes. Industries, where supply activities have little direct accountability, might be driven by stock-outs rather than to any overarching supply chain plan.

 

Of the anticipated $178.85 billion MRO market in North America in 2028, $46 billion is spent on corrosion control using media blasting and chemical processes that are under regulatory and market pressures to be phased out because of their known harmful effects on workers and the environment. These pressures, driven by health, safety, and environmental concerns, are accelerating the replacement of abrasive blasting and laser cleaning is emerging as the safe, clean, efficient, and affordable alternative.

 

 

The company started the Service Partners Network, (or SPN), as a program to mobilize demonstration units as an outreach to better connect the customers with the technology and product. In efforts to help those interested in starting a mobile laser cleaning service or rental service as a member of our Service Partners Network. This would also generate equipment sales and at the same time show the capabilities of the product and technology. As being part of the Service Partners Network, Laser Photonics Corp Marketing arm would provide leads to these members at a fee to also help generate long-term revenue opportunity.

 

Our business is disruptive and in the very beginning of its lifespan and expansion. We have a unique opportunity to displace abrasives and dry-ice blasting with an accepted and readily adopted alternative. We believe that we have taken very effective actions to develop and offer to the market the broadest range of laser cleaning and blasting equipment in the very beginning of the unfolding of this market opportunity. We believe that we will be rewarded for this strategy through explosive growth of sales, together with the expansion of the market in accordance with the wide acceptance of laser blasting as a new industry standard.

 

Industry Background

 

Conventional sandblasting processes have numerous shortcomings. For this reason, the abrasives blasting (sandblasting) market in North America is under extreme pressure to phase out the nineteenth-century sandblasting method of industrial cleaning to safeguard both workers and the environment. In 2019 alone there were 2,500 violations of respirator protection which were included in OSHA’s top ten violations. Government regulators (EPA, FDA, and OSHA) all recognize the term “silica” refers broadly to the mineral compound silicon dioxide (SiO2), which can be crystalline or amorphous in molecular structure. The Silica standards apply only to crystalline silica - not amorphous silica. Quartz is the most common form of crystalline silica, and cristobalite is also sometimes encountered in the workplace. OSHA’s focus was on the issues related to the inhalation of respirable dust, which is generally defined as particles that can reach the pulmonary region of the lung (i.e., particles less than 10 microns (µm) in aerodynamic diameter), in the form of either quartz or cristobalite. Exposure to crystalline forms of silica is associated with several health effects, including silicosis derived from the use of abrasive sand blasting are severely curtailing media blasting activities. They are quick to levy hefty fines for non-compliance.

 

Crystalline Silica dust has been identified by the EPA as a human lung carcinogen. In reaction to the greater awareness of its dangers, OSHA has targeted silica sand blasting as a primary, yet preventable, source for silicosis disease. Their efforts at enforcement of current regulations, as well as new, and tighter laws, mean any contractor attempting to use silica-based media (sand) will be targeted. Accordingly, the use of “sand” blasting has declined over the years. Now, with OSHA’s new standard looming, those that are still relying on this technology are scrambling to find alternatives that meet these new particulate limits. Recently, Levi Strauss & Co. and H&M announced a global ban on sandblasting in all their product lines, across all of their brands. In addition, some countries, such as the United Kingdom, and major cities, including Victoria, Canada and Queensland, Australia, have banned abrasive sandblasting.

 

For centuries, the techniques and equipment used for surface cleaning or renewal in industrial applications have remained the same. The demand for improvements, however, has grown dramatically in recent years. Laser technology is now replacing conventional abrasive and chemical processes in many applications, such as rust removal, de-painting, degreasing, activation, restoration, pre-/post-welding joint cleaning, surface preparation, decontamination, and rejuvenation. As a cleaning technique, lasers are increasingly popular because they are precise, controllable, and efficient, and they generate low waste. Additionally, low waste and high efficiency are the primary reasons that laser cleaning is now considered the “greenest” or most environmentally friendly approach to surface cleaning. The only waste created is dust particles, which can be easily collected and removed.

 

Our Growth Strategy

 

Our strategy is to expand our product offerings with a focus on integrated solutions that make laser blasting suitable for production applications and accessible to a broad audience. The key elements of our strategy for growth include the following:

 

 

New Product Development

 

We intend to target new applications early in the development cycle and drive adoption by leveraging our strong customer relationships, engineering expertise and competitive production costs.

 

Multi-market and Multi-product Approach

 

We intend to develop and manufacture laser systems for a variety of markets to reduce the financial impact that a downturn in any one market would have with an emphasis developing standard systems applicable for a variety of markets and applications. We expect to increase sales through an industry recognized expertise in clearly defined markets with substantial sales demand such as rust removal equipment for the shipbuilding industry, laser de-contamination equipment for the nuclear industry and laser blasting cabinets for the general manufacturing industry.

 

Extend Our Distribution Channels and Reach.

 

We have an inside sales force actively marketing in the Americas (North, Central and South America). In addition, we have a network of outside sales reps in North America, as well as international representation in Europe (based in Czech Republic), Asia (based in Japan), and the Middle East and North Africa (based in UAE). We intend to add distributors based on geographic coverage and sales capacity, as well as to develop industry-specific expertise to drive penetration in vertical markets such as automotive, aerospace, defense, energy and manufacturing. We expect to continue building out sales channels for capital equipment by partnering with additional volume distributors of equipment and hardware, as well as to expand our internal sales infrastructure and online sales presence. To augment the reach of our distribution network, we intend to grow our direct sales efforts focused primarily on serving major accounts and expanding our footprint within Fortune 500 companies and government organizations worldwide.

 

Broaden Our Diverse, Global Customer Base.

 

We expect to develop a globally diversified customer base and broaden customer relationships in a variety of industries. We seek to differentiate ourselves from our competitors through superior product pricing, performance, and service. We believe that a global presence and investments in application engineering and support will create competitive advantages in serving multinational and local companies.

 

Promote Awareness Through Training and Education.

 

As businesses increasingly embrace laser blasting over the next decade, we intend to educate the market on best practices for adoption of the technology across the entire product life cycle. Our leadership position provides a platform to deliver this education both for our existing customers and the market. Such an education is a critical component of our sales and marketing efforts. We believe businesses that are well-informed or that have firsthand experience of the benefits of our laser blasting solutions relative to conventional manufacturing are more likely to purchase and expand their use of our products and services over time. To drive such awareness, we are developing rich laser blasting content and curricula for delivery through both online and in-person media, including classes, programs, certifications, and professional services. We also intend to develop global centers of excellence, leveraging our own headquarters in conjunction with our distribution network’s presences, to serve as showrooms, learning facilities and focal points for laser blasting-focused professional services.

 

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions and Partnerships.

 

We intend to selectively pursue acquisitions and/or equity investments in businesses that represent a strategic fit and are consistent with our overall growth strategy. Such partnerships would allow us to accelerate market penetration of our laser blasting solutions by enabling expansion of our product portfolio, access to new markets, and a stronger value proposition for our customers while delivering margin improvements and increased customer lifetime value. We believe that because of our core focus on engineering and technology development as well as our unique distribution network, we will be able to integrate and drive adoption of new technologies and capabilities acquired via strategic partnerships.

 

 

Service Partner Network

 

The company started the Service Partners Network, (or SPN), as a program to mobilize demonstration units as an outreach to better connect the customers with the technology and product. In efforts to help those interested in starting a mobile laser cleaning service or rental service as a member of our Service Partners Network. This would also generate equipment sales and at the same time show the capabilities of the product and technology. As being part of the Service Partners Network, Laser Photonics Corp Marketing arm would provide leads to these members at a fee to also help generate long-term revenue opportunity. We intend to further develop the SPN to enhance our Equipment Demo and Training capabilities throughout the Nation.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We are an early pioneer in the laser blasting industry with a mission to make the technology accessible to all material processing manufacturers and maintenance and repair facilities in both commercial and military applications. We believe our collective expertise coupled with the following competitive strengths, will allow us to maintain and extend a leadership position in the next generation of laser blasting equipment and expand our market opportunities.

 

We also have established a base of customers among several U.S. Government agencies which we expect to expand. Each branch of the U.S. military, including the Army, Air Force, Navy, Marines, and the Coast Guard, has purchased laser cleaning systems from us. In addition, NASA and the Veteran’s Administration are also among our customers. We believe that our laser cleaning equipment has been well-received by our current U.S. Government customers from which we are already receiving repeat orders. As the only U.S.-based manufacturer of high-powered, portable industrial laser cleaning systems capable of addressing the Pentagon’s never-ending battle with rust, we believe that we are well-positioned to increase our sales to the U.S. Government, especially in light of the Pentagon alone having to spend between $21 billion to $22.9 billion per year on rust control, and corrosion-related repairs on equipment, from trucks and tanks to aircraft and other ships. See https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2011-06-02/the-high-cost-of-waging-war-on-rust The U.S. Navy alone spends $3 billion per year fighting corrosion. See https://www.military.com/daily-news/2020/01/13/battle-against-rust-3-billion-problem-navy.html. The U.S. military is proving to be not only a receptive early adopter of the technology, but also as a proving ground and showcase for our products. This arises from the need to continually maintain, repair and overhaul equipment (MRO) while eliminating maintenance delays that affect force readiness. Corrosion and the lack of spare parts are among the most significant maintenance issues for the Pentagon.

 

A Recognized Pioneer and Leading Developer of Fiber Laser Material Processing Technology

 

As a pioneer and technology leader in laser material processing, combined with our deep knowledge of material properties, we can develop laser cleaning products that reduce its operating costs for our customers and drive the proliferation of lasers to address existing and new applications.

 

Track Record of World Class Product Development and Commercialization

 

Through their combined engineering and operational experience in the laser photonics industry, our C-level management team and board members have accumulated decades of relevant and practical industrial laser equipment development experience. They have developed and advanced several materials processing technologies applicable to the laser photonics industry and our vertical markets.

 

 

Vertically Integrated Application Center, Equipment Development and Manufacturing

 

We develop and manufacture most of our critical assemblies, subassemblies, and components, including motion systems, integrated lasers, specialty components, frames, cabinets and proprietary optical assemblies. We also develop our software for use with our laser systems. We have our own engineering, procurement, manufacturing, and assembly operations as a part of our vertically integrated manufacturing process. The integration of our application and research and development groups with our manufacturing capability provides our customers with a competitive edge in achieving their manufacturing goals using our laser material processing systems.

 

Accumulated Diversified Expertise

 

We have extensive know-how in mathematical and physical processes of materials behavior and equipment modeling, industrial electronics, laser systems, materials and computer science which enables us to make our market-specific laser material processing equipment, machine operating software, motion and vision systems and other critical assemblies, subassemblies and components.

 

Manufacturing Scale

 

We have invested extensively in our production and lean manufacturing capabilities allowing us to deliver large volumes of lasers systems in short delivery cycles, which provides us with a competitive advantage.

 

Diverse Customer Base, End Markets and Applications

 

We intend to further develop our diverse customer base, multi-market and multi-product business model given the broad application of our laser cleaning equipment, its competitive pricing and high quality that will not have us dependent on the performance of a specific market sector.

 

Broad Product Portfolio   Our diverse lines of laser cleaning equipment are used in work environments to improve and promote programs to address significant concerns about the exposure of employees to toxic airborne materials to reduce the risk of lung cancer and silicosis triggered by inhalation of crystalline silica dust released from abrasive blasting. We offer our customers a range of solutions spanning multiple price points, throughput levels, operating environments, and technologies to enable businesses to find and use the laser blasting solution for their specific goals. Our broad product portfolio covers a spectrum of use cases, scaling with customer needs from entry-level, office-friendly laser blasting systems for high surface integrity finishing of components to high-end, high throughput industrial laser blasting systems for low-cost mass production applications. In addition, it eliminates the need for customers to source products for different processes from multiple vendors, giving us a market advantage relative to competitors that have a more limited set of products and solutions.   The Only U.S. Manufacturer with a Wide Range of Laser Blasting Equipment   Although no single publication lists all the companies manufacturing industrial laser cleaning equipment, to our knowledge all laser cleaning products of the other companies selling laser cleaning equipment are manufactured abroad. Of our competitors, only Laserax manufactures in North America, but in Canada, not the United States. Our success will depend on investment in marketing resources and the successful implementation of our marketing plan. Our marketing plan may include attendance at trade shows and making private demonstrations, advertising and promotional materials and advertising campaigns in print and/or broadcast media. To our knowledge, only Laser Photonics designs, manufactures, sells, and services industrial laser cleaning onshore in the United States.

 

 

On January 25, 2021, President Biden signed an executive order to further his “Buy American” agenda which aims to bolster U.S. manufacturing through the federal procurement process. Our “Made in America” industrial laser systems meet the President’s “Buy American” requirement for U.S. Government agencies to contract with U.S. companies whenever possible. Currently, our products are the only industrial laser cleaning systems designed and built in the United States. As the only industrial laser cleaning equipment manufacturer currently meeting the “Buy American” requirement, we expect to benefit from preferential consideration over the few other companies competing in the laser cleaning systems market.

 

Diversified and Proprietary Technology Platform and Knowhow

 

We were able to secure through our affiliation with ICT Investments a diverse portfolio of knowhow, trade secrets and proprietary technologies. We believe that we possess the design documentation for the largest array of laser-based systems for material processing in North America.

 

Core Technologies Underlying Each Product

 

Fiber laser cleaning technology or laser ablation which we market under the Laser Blasting™ brand, is a proven, state-of-the-art, 21st Century replacement for hazardous 19th century abrasives blasting (or sandblasting). It is a non-contact, environmentally friendly process that removes surface coatings from metals, concrete and delicate substrates such as composites—with minimal impact on the base material. Laser Blasting works by aiming brief pulses of high-power laser energy (in the µs–ms range) at a surface to be prepared or cleaned of paint, rust, or other contaminants. The energy applied to the layer being removed doesn’t dissipate. Instead, it blasts off the substrate material being cleaned. Most or all of the material being removed is vaporized, resulting in a much cleaner process than other cleaning methods. Whatever removed material has not been vaporized may be suctioned away and filtered out of the air as particle dust.

 

We are recognized as a pioneer and an industry leader with our CleanTech™ Laser Blasting™ technology. Laser Blasting can replace sandblasting or dry ice blasting in nearly every industry and every application where an abrasive blasting is used. It is effective on glass, ceramics, metals, concrete, plastics and much more, and provides greater control and precision than possible with the legacy technologies it is designed to replace. LP portable Laser Blasting systems incorporate proprietary autofocusing C-Optics technology that allows for greater precision on uneven or contoured surfaces, even from handheld Laser Blasting systems. This innovation expands laser cleaning from the production floor to the field. Laser Blasting is effective on small parts and sensitive materials, as well as surfaces of ships, bridges, aircraft, pipelines, large vehicles, and trains, among others.

 

 

Our Product Platforms

 

Since our founding in 2019, and through IP received from ICT Investments, we have developed an extensive portfolio of products based on proprietary technologies that form the foundation of our laser blasting equipment manufacturing solutions, which are comprised of hardware, equipment design documentation, bills of materials, software, materials, and service practices.

 

Designed in-house by industry-recognized laser scientists and inventors, our expansive product portfolio covers a broad spectrum of applications across key industries, including maritime and shipbuilding, oil and gas, automotive manufacturing, rail transport, aerospace, defense, and space exploration. Our CleanTech™ line scales with customer needs, starting with low price-point handheld Laser Blasters™ designed to tackle simple cleaning and surface predation jobs, to high-end AI-controlled, user-programmable C-Robotics™ made for complex, precision production environments.

 

Our state-of-the-art, performance-based “Made in America” Laser Blasting™ products are industrial-grade laser cleaning systems developed to disrupt and displace hazardous legacy abrasives blasting (a.k.a. sandblasting) and chemical cleaning methods that have been in common usage since the 19th century. Laser Blasting is cleaner to operate, more cost effective to own and safer for the worker and the environment. We believe that Laser Blasting is right on time as industry is increasingly coming under pressure to phase out abrasive blasting and chemical cleaning methods in compliance with health, environmental and safety regulations designed to protect laborers and the environment.

 

Since our founding in 2019, we have developed an extensive portfolio of proprietary equipment and technologies that formed the base for our broad product offering, starting from relatively simple handheld devices to fully automatic and operated by AI robotic systems.

 

Our diverse lines of laser cleaning equipment are used in a variety of industries to improve and promote programs to address significant concerns about the exposure of employees to toxic airborne materials to reduce the risk of lung cancer and silicosis triggered by inhalation of crystalline silica dust released from abrasive blasting. Laser cleaning uses photons emissions, thus eliminating the need for abrasive media, including silica. The chart below provides information on several industries to indicate the need for laser cleaning equipment and how our technology meets those industries’ requirements. This chart was developed by us in the last few months to allow our salespeople to identify the specific model of our CleanTech laser blasting equipment that matches target industries and the surface integrity parameters familiar to prospective customers. We want to demonstrate our capability to address the specific cleaning applications that such customers require. The industry terminology is explained in our footnotes to the chart.

 

Below is the description of abbreviations and definitions used in Laser Photonics Laser Blaster products qualification chart:

 

	●	Roughing-Rough surface condition for thick material
	●	Mid-Range-Normal level below roughest surface condition for medium material thickness
	●	Finishing-Least amount of roughness on a surface for thin materials
	●	Gauge-indication of a measurement of industrial materials.
	●	Grit-indication of roughness to apply to a surface for preparation prior to coating.
	●	CAML-grade of abrasive media used for the sandblasting industry.
	●	DPI-Dots per inch
	●	LPI-Lines per inch
	●	Laser Grade-Designated choice of laser for best results
	●	Strip Rate in Ft Squared per hour is calculated as follows: 2X (laser power in KW) / (coating thickness in mils, where one mill= .001), X 60 minutes. Source: Robotic Laser Coating Removal System ESTCP Project WP- 0526 apps.dtic.mil

 

 

Our current Laser Blasting solutions are as follows:

 

Handheld Laser Blasting™:

 

We offer the widest line of Class IV handheld laser blasting equipment in the world, from 20W (watts) to the 3000W system, including the world’s most powerful production Laser Blaster™ on the market—the Jobsite 2000—to a more powerful JobSite 3000 which debuted during Aviation Week’s MRO Americas 21 trade show in April 2021. We are developing an even more powerful 4000W handheld system. The CleanTech™ 2000-CTH Jobsite is a 2000W handheld laser cleaning machine and surface preparation system designed to remove rust, paint and other impurities from steel, aluminum, iron, and many more surface types. The 2000-CTH Jobsite provides five different pulse laser patterns that provide flexibility when operating the laser in different applications across different surface types.

 

We also offer the CleanTech™ EZ-Rider Handheld Roughing & Finishing Lasers which are a high-performance, military-grade, fast, and efficient laser cleaning tool. The EZ-RIDER is based on next-generation technology. Laser Photonics designed the EZ-RIDER to be a heavy-duty industrial grade laser cleaning and surface treatment system for large areas requiring cleaning, de-painting, and other surface preparations. The system starts immediately when the key is turned ON and the touch screen allows you to choose from five pre-programmed cleaning patterns for control and flexibility. The CleanTech™ EZ-Rider is based on our years of experience building handheld lasers for marking and engraving applications. Our systems are designed to be standalone units, so no personal computer is required. The CleanTech™ EZ-Rider can be coupled with industrial robots and placed inside safety work cells with interlocks for full compliance with OSHA and FDA CDRH regulations.

 

Laser Blasting Cabinet

 

The laser blasting cabinet is configured as a fully enclosed Class 1 workspace designed to replace sandblasting enclosures, along with their noise, dust, media storage, replenishment, and clean-up requirements. The Blasting Cabinet is intended to serve companies of any size that use abrasive blasting or chemical baths to clean parts or prepare materials. The CleanTech™ Laser Blaster Cabinet is a self-contained, industrial-grade laser cleaning machine. This system is the only laser cleaning machine in the world that incorporates the exclusive power of a fiber laser with a handheld laser-blasting head inside a fully enclosed 30” x 26” workspace. This system is designed for speed, precision, safety, and flexibility. It is the only laser-blasting cabinet manufactured in compliance with CDRH FDA and OSHA regulatory compliance. With the CleanTech™ Laser Blaster Cabinet, companies can eliminate harmful dust, noise, hazardous chemicals, and contaminants caused by use of abrasive blasting or chemical baths.

 

Class I Laser Blasting Systems

 

Our Mega Center and Titan lines of Class I Laser Blasting Systems are designed with mass production in mind. These production line-capable systems are designed with automation control and automated materials-loading capabilities to allow for maximum throughput on assembly lines for high production, high precision environments. The CleanTech Titan Series Laser Blasting System is a high power, large format laser parts cleaning, rust removal, and surface conditioning system with up to 6′ x12′ working envelope. The industrial, turn-key laser cleaning system operates as a standalone unit or can be easily integrated into a production line environment. Included in the CleanTech product line are the CleanTech Titan Express, CleanTech MegaCenter and the portable CleanTech Handheld which is useful in the field or on the factory floor. The CleanTech Systems operate in full compliance with OSHA, FDA and CDRH staconforming to “Push a Button” laser safety industrial operation. The CleanTech Systems offer CE Certified Class 1 enclosure for the Class 4 lasers.

 

 

CleanTech™ Laser Cleaning Robot with AI

 

With our user programmable AI (UPAI) incorporated in our C-Robots, factory line workers can quickly and easily program these precision robots to complete complex and repetitive tasks in high throughput production environments. The CleanTech™ Laser Cleaning Robot is the first commercially available collaborative, easily programmable, AI-capable laser cleaning system in the United States. Designed for precise positioning and tight focusing of the laser beam, laser cleaning processes are optimized to operate on much lower laser powers than those used by handheld laser cleaners. This allows for dramatic cost reduction of laser cleaning, making it affordable for most industrial companies. It also reduces concerns over safety for the factory line workers since the robot can perform multiple tasks at the same time when equipped with AI module, 3D scanner and visualizer, vision system and Class 1 Safety shroud or enclosure.

 

Customers

 

Our intent is to establish additional relationships with Fortune 1000 customers primarily within the United States and with select Fortune 1000 customers around the globe and represent a broad array of industries, including automotive, aerospace, healthcare, consumer products, heavy industry, machine design, research, and others. No single customer has accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue from inception to date.

 

Research, Development and Engineering

 

The principal focus of our research and development activity is the development of our proprietary laser-based cleaning equipment to replace global sand blasting and abrasive blasting applications in a large number of markets discussed below.

 

Marketing and Sales

 

For the year ended December 31, 2023, we employed 8 direct salesmen and 2 distributors in Japan and Australia. 2023 was a year of investments into sales and marketing activity and we invested near $4M in development of sales and marketing operation. Our pipeline We have a marketing and sales budget equal to 10% of our gross sales, and a new product promotional budget of $1.2M for 2024.

 

Product Warranty and Support

 

We offer for sale with our equipment a two-year limited warranty against defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service conditions following delivery of our equipment to our customers.

 

We also warrant the owners of our custom laser systems that they are designed and manufactured in accordance with agreed-upon specifications. In resolving claims under both the defects and performance warranties, we have the option of either repairing or replacing the covered laser cleaning equipment. Our warranties are automatically transferred from the original purchaser of our laser cleaning equipment and optical components to subsequent purchasers upon delivery of our finished laser systems.

 

In general, our products carry a warranty against defects, depending on the product type and customer negotiations. The costs associated with these warranty obligations are not expected to be significant and no such costs have been recorded in our financial statements.

 

Competition

 

In the laser cleaning market, the competition is fragmented with a few competitors that are small or privately owned, or which compete with us on a limited geographic, industry, or application specific basis. Nonetheless, our markets are highly competitive and characterized by rapid advances in technology, evermore demanding customer requirements, and reduced average selling prices as smaller, integrated components replace aging technologies. Our most significant competitors are P-Laser and Clean-Lasersysteme GmbH (operating through the distributor Adapt Laser Systems in the United States) as well as smaller companies, including Laserax and 4 Jet. Some of our competitors are increasing the output power of their fiber lasers to compete with our high-powered, industrial grade products.

 

 

We also compete with end-users that produce laser technology, as well as with manufacturers of non-laser methods and tools, such as traditional abrasives blasting (referred to as sandblasting), non-laser welding, cutting dies, mechanical cutters, and plasma cutters in the materials processing market. Some of our competitors are larger, with considerably more financial, managerial, and technical resources, as well as more extensive sales, distribution, and service networks, and greater marketing capacity.

 

Our primary focus is to provide diversified industrial-grade laser-based cleaning machinery in a variety of markets. Each market has a different group of competitors subject to rapidly changing technologies and materials, a customer base with continuously changing requirements and geographical outsourcing challenges.

 

We believe that our future success is dependent on our flexibility to adapt to changes in the marketplace, expanding our existing products and services targeting application specific systems for each industry we serve. We continuously introduce new products and services on a timely and cost-effective basis identifying both standard and niche laser-systems opportunities enhancing our ability to penetrate new customers and new emerging markets.

 

Primary competitive factors in our markets include:

 

	●	Price and value
	●	Ability to design, manufacture, and deliver new products on a cost-effective and timely basis.
	●	Ability of our suppliers to produce and deliver components in a timely manner, in the quantity desired and at the budgeted prices
	●	Product performance and reliability
	●	Service support.
	●	Product mix
	●	Ability to meet customer specifications.
	●	Ability to respond quickly to changes in market demand and technology developments.

 

In the materials processing market, the competition is fragmented with a large number of competitors that are small or privately owned or compete with us on a limited geographic, industry, or application specific basis including Trumpf GmbH, Clean Laser GMBH, P-Laser. Advanced Laser Technology, Anilox Roll Cleaning Systems, General Lasertronics, IPGPhotonics, Laserax, and White Lion Dry Ice & Laser Cleaning Technology. We believe that none of our competitors compete in all the industries, applications, and geographical markets which we serve and that our products compete favorably with respect to their laser cleaning equipment.

 

Intellectual Property and License Rights

 

We believe that our success depends, in part, on our ability to maintain and protect our proprietary technology and to conduct our business without infringing on the proprietary rights of others.

 

We rely primarily on a combination of trademarks and trade secrets, as well as associate and third-party confidentiality agreements, to safeguard our intellectual property.

 

With respect to proprietary know-how that is not patentable and processes for which patents are difficult to enforce, we rely on, among other things, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to safeguard our interests. We believe that many elements of our laser system manufacturing process, including our unique materials sourcing, involve proprietary know-how, technology, or data that are not covered by patents or patent applications, including technical processes, equipment designs, algorithms, and procedures. We have taken security measures to protect these elements. All our research and development personnel will have to sign confidentiality and proprietary information agreements with us. These agreements address intellectual property protection issues and require our associates to assign to us all the inventions, designs, and technologies they develop during the course of employment with us. We also require our customers and business partners to enter into confidentiality agreements before we disclose any sensitive aspects of our modules, technology, or business plans.

 

 

Employees and Human Capital

 

As of March 1st, 2024, we had 56 full time employees and no part-time employees. Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing, and integrating our existing and new employees, advisors and consultants.

 

Government Regulation

 

Our current and contemplated activities and the products and processes that will result from such activities are subject to substantial government regulation, both in the United States and internationally.

 

Government Contracts and Regulations

 

Our U.S Government business is heavily regulated. We contract with several U.S. Government agencies and entities, principally all branches of the U.S. military. We must comply with, and are affected by, laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration, and performance of U.S. Government contracts. These laws and regulations, among other things:

 

	●	require certification and disclosure of all cost or pricing data in connection with certain types of contract negotiations;
	●	impose specific and unique cost accounting practices that may differ from U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP);
	●	impose acquisition regulations, which may change or be replaced over time, that define which costs can be charged to the U.S. Government, how and when costs can be charged, and otherwise govern our right to reimbursement under certain U.S. Government contracts;
	●	require specific security controls to protect U.S. Government controlled unclassified information and restrict the use and dissemination of information classified for national security purposes and the export of certain products, services and technical data; and compliance with cyber security regulations by our supply chain; and
	●	require the review and approval of contractor business systems, defined in the regulations as: (i) Accounting System; (ii) Estimating System; (iii) Earned Value Management System, for managing cost and schedule performance on certain complex programs; (iv) Purchasing System; (v) Material Management and Accounting System, for planning, controlling and accounting for the acquisition, use, issuing and disposition of material; and (vi) Property Management System.

 

The U.S. Government may terminate any of our government contracts and subcontracts either at its convenience or for default based on our performance. If a contract is terminated for convenience, we generally are protected by provisions covering reimbursement for costs incurred on the contract and profit on those costs. If a contract is terminated for default, we generally are entitled to payments for our work that has been accepted by the U.S. Government or other governments; however, the U.S. Government could make claims to reduce the contract value or recover its procurement costs and could assess other special penalties. For more information regarding the U.S. Government’s right to terminate our contracts and government contracting laws and regulations, see “Risk Factors”.

 

 

Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act

 

We are subject to the laser radiation safety regulations of the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act administered by the National Center for Devices and Radiological Health, a branch of the United States Food and Drug Administration. Among other things, those regulations require laser manufacturers to file new product and annual reports, to maintain quality control and sales records, to perform product testing, to distribute appropriate operating manuals, to incorporate design and operating features in lasers sold to end-users and to certify and label each laser sold to end-users as one of four classes (based on the level of radiation from the laser that is accessible to users). Various warning labels must be affixed, and certain protective devices installed depending on the class of product. The National Center for Devices and Radiological Health is empowered to seek fines and other remedies for violations of the regulatory requirements.

 

CE Marking

 

We are subject to certain regulations in Europe as administered by the European Commission. CE Marking is required for products marketed within the European Economic Area (EEA) and confirms that the manufacturer meets certain safety, health and environmental protection requirements administered by the European Union. Non-compliance with these regulations could result in warnings, penalties, or fines. We believe that we are currently in compliance with these regulations.

 

United States Food and Drug Administration

 

Certain products manufactured by us are integrated into systems by our customers that are subject to certain regulations administered by the United States Food and Drug Administration. We must comply with certain quality control measurements for our products to be effectively used in our customers’ end products. Non-compliance with quality control measurements could result in loss of business with our customers, fines and penalties.

 

Facility

 

On December 1, 2019, we entered a sub-lease with ICT Investments for 5,000 sf of manufacturing space on a month-to-month basis at $4,050 per month. In January 2020, we expanded the lease with ICT Investments to include the entire facility of 18,000 sf. In October of 2021, a direct lease was signed with the landlord for three years, terminating on October 31, 2024. The facility is currently equipped with three of our latest advanced laser cleaning demonstration models. It includes a materials stock room, a ramp and high dock, loading and moving equipment, a machine shop, an electronics room, and an equipment assembly area. The monthly rent for this facility is currently $15,549.

 

In December 2022, we entered into an agreement with 2701 Maitland Building Associates to rent 8,000 sf of additional office space nearby the main facility, for our growing sales and marketing program. The monthly rent for this space is currently $14,805.

 

Our facility is currently equipped with three of our latest advanced laser cleaning demonstration models.

 

 

 

Laser Blaster Systems

 

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and therefore we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal controls over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under the JOBS Act. This election allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year: (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering; (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion; or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the prior June 30^th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” have the meaning associated with that term in the JOBS Act.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

Summary of Risk Factors

 

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. The occurrence of one or more of the events or circumstances described in the section titled “Risk Factors,” alone or in combination with other events or circumstances, may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Such risks include, but are not limited to:

 

We have a limited operating history so there is a lack of historical data on which to determine whether we can be a commercially viable company.

 

We are competing in a highly competitive market and to compete effectively we must be able to adapt to technology changes and to implement innovative technology applications.

 

ICT Investments owns a majority of our outstanding shares and exerts significant control over business decisions as well as matters subject to stockholder approval.

 

We depend on the U.S. Government for a portion of our business, which we expect to increase, and changes in government defense spending could have adverse consequences on our financial position, results of operations and business.

 

As a U.S. defense contractor, we are vulnerable to security threats and other disruptions that could negatively impact our business.

 

 

Our international business exposes us to geo-political and economic factors, regulatory requirements and other risks associated with doing business in foreign countries.

 

Our success may depend on our ability to obtain and protect the proprietary information on which we base our laser-based cleaning equipment. The patent application process is expensive and time-consuming, and we and our current or future licensors and licensees may not be able to prepare, file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we or our current licensors, or any future licensors or licensees, will fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made during development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them.

 

If we are sued for infringing intellectual property rights of third parties, it will be costly and time consuming, and an unfavorable outcome in that litigation could harm our business.

 

Some provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may deter takeover attempts, which may inhibit a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and limit the opportunity of our stockholders to sell their shares at a favorable price.

 

Our indemnification of our officers and directors may cause us to use corporate resources to the detriment of our stockholders.

 

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

 

If our shares of common stock become subject to the penny stock rules, it would become more difficult to trade our shares. If we do not obtain or retain a listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market and if the price of our common stock is less than $5.00 per share, our common stock will be deemed a penny stock.

 

Risks Related to our Business and Our Industry

 

We have an extremely limited operating history.

 

With respect to the manufacturing and sale of laser-based cleaning equipment, we are still akin to a start-up company with limited historical sales of our laser-based cleaning products. There is little historical basis with which to make judgments regarding the capabilities of our enterprise to produce a widely commercially accepted product leading to ongoing and growing profitability.

 

We may need to raise additional capital.

 

While we expect that the funds from our IPO will meet our financing requirements for the next two to three years, if, in the future, we are not able to generate sufficient revenues from operations and our capital resources are insufficient to meet future requirements, we may have to raise additional funds to allow us to continue to commercialize, market and sell our products. We cannot be certain that funding will be available on acceptable terms or at all. To the extent that we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience dilution. Any debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants that may impact on our ability to conduct business or return capital to investors. If we are unable to raise additional capital if required or on acceptable terms, we may have to significantly scale back, delay or discontinue the development and/or commercialization of our laser-based cleaning products, restrict our operations or obtain funds by entering into agreements on unattractive terms.

 

 

If our proposed marketing efforts are unsuccessful, we may not earn enough revenue to scale the business profitably.

 

Our success will depend on investment in marketing resources and the successful implementation of our marketing plan. Our marketing plan involves attendance at trade shows, conducting private demonstrations, utilizing promotional materials, and employing advertising campaigns in print and/or broadcast media. We cannot give any assurance that our marketing efforts will be successful. If they are not, revenue may be insufficient to cover our growing fixed costs and we may suffer a reduction in profitability.

 

We have a large amount of intangible assets, and if these assets become impaired, our earnings would be adversely affected.

 

We have a substantial amount of intangible assets, representing approximately 15% of our total assets as of December 31, 2022. While we amortize our intangible assets, they may be subject to impairment testing. If we experience any significant impairment to our intangible assets, it may have a material adverse effect on our reported financial results for the period in which the charge is taken and could result in a decrease in the market price of our common stock.

 

We may be unable to respond to rapid technological changes and innovative products.

 

In a constantly changing and innovative technology market with frequent new product introductions, enhancement, and modifications, we may be forced to implement and develop new technologies into our products for anticipation of changing customer requirements that may significantly impact costs in order to retain or enhance our competitive position in existing and new markets.

 

There is intense competition in our market.

 

There is intense competition amongst manufacturers of crystalline silicon laser modules, thin-film laser modules, solar thermal lasers, and concentrated fiber laser systems. Our management is aware that failure to compete away eventual new entrants will affect overall business prospects and the product itself. Therefore, if we are able to innovate more quickly, we will be better able to defend our pricing power. Competitive factors in this market are all related to product performance, price, customer service, training platforms, reputation, and sales and marketing effectiveness, all of which are factors upon which we believe we can compete successfully but will need greater financial resources to do so.

 

Future acquisitions may be unsuccessful and may negatively affect operations and financial condition.

 

We plan to grow organically; however, we will opportunistically pursue potential acquisitions of complementary businesses. Should we acquire other companies, the integration of businesses, personnel, product lines, and technologies might prove to be difficult, time consuming, and risky. Any difficulties could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees, increase our expenses, and impair our revenue and results of operations.

 

If we are unable to hire additional personnel, we will have trouble growing our business.

 

Our future success depends on our ability to attract, retain, and motivate skilled marketing, managerial, operational, and administrative personnel. We plan to hire additional personnel in all areas of our business as we grow. Competition for qualified personnel is intense. As a result, we may be unable to attract and retain qualified personnel. We may also be unable to retain the employees that we currently employ. The failure to attract and retain highly competent personnel could seriously harm our business, financial condition, and operational results.

 

 

Our business depends on experienced and highly skilled technicians and business development personnel, and if we are unable to attract such talent, it will be more difficult for us to manage our business and complete contracts.

 

The success of our business depends on the skill of our personnel. Accordingly, it is critical that we maintain, and continue to build, a highly experienced management team and specialized workforce, including designers, engineers, and sales professionals. Competition for personnel – particularly those with expertise in government consulting and who possess a security clearance – is high, and identifying candidates with the appropriate qualifications can be costly and difficult. We may not be able to hire the necessary personnel to implement our business strategy given our anticipated hiring needs, or we may need to provide higher compensation or more training to our personnel than we currently anticipate. In addition, our ability to recruit, hire, and indirectly deploy former employees of the U.S. Government is subject to complex laws and regulations, which may serve as an impediment to our ability to attract such talent.

 

Our business is labor intensive, and our success depends on our ability to attract, retain, train, and motivate highly skilled employees, including employees who may become part of our organization in connection with our acquisitions. The increase in demand for consulting, technology integration, and managed services has further increased the need for employees with specialized skills or significant experience in these areas. We may not be successful in attracting and retaining enough employees to achieve our desired staffing and expansion objectives. Furthermore, the industry turnover rates for these types of employees are high and we may not be successful in retaining, training, or motivating them. Any inability to attract, retain, train, and motivate skilled talent could impair our ability to adequately manage and complete existing projects, not to mention restrict our ability to accept new client engagements. Such an inability may also force us to increase our hiring of independent contractors, which may increase our costs and reduce our profitability on client engagements. We must also devote substantial managerial and financial resources to monitoring and managing our workforce. Our future success will depend on our ability to manage the levels and related costs of our workforce.

 

In the event we are unable to attract, hire and retain the requisite personnel and subcontractors, we may experience delays in completing contracts in accordance with project schedules and budgets, which may have an adverse effect on our financial results, harm our reputation, and cause us to curtail our pursuit of new contracts. Further, any increase in demand for personnel may result in higher costs, causing us to exceed the budget on a contract, which in turn may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results, as well as harm our customer relationships.

 

We face a higher risk of failure because we cannot accurately forecast our future revenues and operating results.

 

The rapidly changing nature of the markets in which we compete makes it difficult to accurately forecast our revenues and operating results. Moreover, we expect our future revenues and operating results to fluctuate due to a number of factors, including the following:

 

the timing of sales of our products.

 

unexpected delays in the introduction of new products.

 

increased expenses, whether related to sales and marketing, or administration; and

 

costs related to anticipated acquisitions of complementary businesses.

 

Our products may suffer defects.

 

Our products may suffer defects that may lead to substantial product liability, damage, or warranty claims. Given the complexity of the platforms and systems inside our products, the potential for errors and defects is heightened. Significant expenses arising from product liability or warranty claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

 

 

We need to increase the size and scale of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing such growth, which might impair our financial performance.

 

We need to strengthen our managerial, operational, and accounting infrastructure, in addition to integrating employees retained from other companies that we might acquire. Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain, and integrate new employees. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize our products will depend, in part, on our ability to manage any future growth effectively.

 

To manage our future growth, we will need to continue to effect improvements in our managerial, operational, and accounting controls. All of these measures will require significant expenditure and will demand the attention of management. If we fail to continue making enhancements to our operational and financial controls in support of the growth in our business, we could develop operating and reporting inefficiencies that could increase our costs more than we had planned, as well as impair our competitive position. If we are unable to manage growth effectively, our business, financial condition, and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

Insurance and contractual protections may not always cover lost revenue, increased expenses, or liquidated damages payments, which could adversely affect our financial results.

 

Although we maintain insurance and intend to obtain warranties from suppliers, obligate subcontractors to meet certain performance levels and attempt, where feasible, to pass risks we cannot control to our customers, the proceeds of such insurance, warranties, performance guarantees or risk sharing arrangements may not be adequate to cover lost revenue, increased expenses or liquidated damages payments that may be required in the future.

 

Internal system or service failures could disrupt our business and impair our ability to effectively provide our services and products to our customers, which could damage our reputation and adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

 

Any system or service disruptions, including those caused by ongoing projects to improve our information technology systems and the delivery of services, if not anticipated and appropriately mitigated, could have a material adverse effect on our business including, among other things, an adverse effect on our ability to bill our customers for work performed on our contracts, collect the amounts that have been billed and produce accurate financial statements in a timely manner. We are also subject to system failures, including network, software, or hardware failures, whether caused by us, third-party service providers, cyber security threats, natural disasters, power shortages, terrorist attacks or other events, which could cause loss of data and interruptions or delays in our business, cause us to incur remediation costs, subject us to claims and damage our reputation. In addition, the failure or disruption of our communications or utilities could cause us to interrupt or suspend our operations or otherwise adversely affect our business. Our property and business interruption insurance may be inadequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur because of any system or operational failure or disruption and, as a result, our future results could be adversely affected.

 

Our financial performance could be adversely affected by decreases in spending on technology products and services by our public sector customers.

 

Our sales to our public sector customers are impacted by government spending policies, budget priorities and revenue levels. An adverse change in government spending policies (including budget cuts at the federal level), budget priorities or revenue levels could cause our public sector customers to reduce their purchases or to terminate or not renew their contracts with us, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

 

 

Our business could be adversely affected by the loss of certain vendor partner relationships and the availability of their products.

 

We purchase products from vendors on a global basis as components to include in our finished laser-based cleaning equipment. In the event we were to lose one of our significant vendor partners, our business could be adversely affected.

 

We expect to enter into joint ventures, teaming and other arrangements, and these activities involve risks and uncertainties.

 

We expect to enter into joint ventures, teaming and other arrangements. These activities involve risks and uncertainties, including the risk of the joint venture or applicable entity failing to satisfy its obligations, which may result in certain liabilities to us for guarantees and other commitments, the challenges in achieving strategic objectives and expected benefits of the business arrangement, the risk of conflicts arising between us and our partners and the difficulty of managing and resolving such conflicts, and the difficulty of managing or otherwise monitoring such business arrangements.

 

Our business and operations expose us to numerous legal and regulatory requirements and any violation of these requirements could harm our business.

 

We are subject to numerous federal, state and foreign legal requirements on matters as diverse as data privacy and protection, employment and labor relations, immigration, taxation, anticorruption, import/export controls, trade restrictions, internal and disclosure control obligations, securities regulation and anti- competition. Compliance with diverse and changing legal requirements is costly, time-consuming and requires significant resources. We are also focused on expanding our business in certain identified growth areas, such as energy and environment, which are highly regulated and may expose us to increased compliance risk. Violations of one or more of these diverse legal requirements in the conduct of our business could result in significant fines and other damages, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, prohibitions on doing business and damage to our reputation. Violations of these regulations or contractual obligations related to regulatory compliance in connection with the performance of customer contracts could also result in liability for significant monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity and other reputational damage, restrictions on our ability to compete for certain work and allegations by our customers that we have not performed our contractual obligations.

 

As a manufacturer of laser cleaning equipment our future success depends on our ability to effectively balance manufacturing production with market demand and reducing our manufacturing cost per watt.

 

Our ability to generate the profits we expect to achieve will depend, in part, on our ability to respond to market demand and add new manufacturing capacity in a cost-effective manner. In addition, we must continue to increase the efficiency of our manufacturing process to compete successfully and generate the returns to our stockholders, attract growth capital and a qualify for and maintain a listing on an exchange. Our failure to do so could threaten our long-term viability.

 

We expect to increase our business with the U.S. Government, and changes in government defense spending could have adverse consequences on our financial position, results of operations and business.

 

Less than _% of our U.S. revenues in 2023 were from sales and services rendered directly or indirectly to the U.S. Government; however, we expect to grow that to 25% in the next 12 months to two years. Our business with the U.S. Army, Navy and Air Force has been defense related, and our anticipated future revenues from the U.S. Government are expected to result from contracts awarded under various U.S. Government programs, primarily defense-related programs with the Department of Defense (DoD) and other departments and agencies. Cost cutting including through consolidation and elimination of duplicative organizations and insurance has become a major initiative for DoD. The funding of our programs is subject to the overall U.S. Government budget and appropriation decisions and processes which are driven by numerous factors, including geo-political events and macroeconomic conditions. The overall level of U.S. defense spending increased in recent years for numerous reasons, including increases in funding of operations in Iraq and Afghanistan. However, with the winding down of both wars, defense spending levels are becoming increasingly difficult to predict and are expected to be affected by numerous factors. Such factors include priorities of the presidential administration and the Congress, and the overall health of the U.S. and world economies and the state of governmental finances.

 

 

The Budget Control Act of 2011, along with five subsequent budget agreements, established spending caps for discretionary defense spending and nondefense discretionary (NDD) spending for ten fiscal years, from FY2012-FY2021, which led to a decade of relative austerity. These spending caps operated under what was called a “principle of parity,” requiring equivalent cuts to defense and nondefense programs. With the BCA expired, an opportunity now exists to substantially increase funding for NDD spending, without a concomitant increase in defense spending, necessarily. Given the potential impasse over raising the debt ceiling, we are not able to predict the impact of budget policy on our company or our financial results. However, we expect that budgetary constraints and concerns related to the national debt will continue to place downward pressure on DoD spending levels which might reduce, delay or cancel funding for certain of our contracts - particularly those with unobligated balances - and programs, and could adversely impact our operations, financial results and growth prospects.

 

Significant reduction in defense spending could have long-term consequences for our size and structure. In addition, reduction in government priorities and requirements could impact the funding, or the timing of funding, of our programs, which could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, we are involved in U.S. Government programs, which are classified by the U.S. Government and our ability to discuss these programs, including any risks and disputes and claims associated with and our performance under such programs, could be limited due to applicable security restrictions.

 

Our financial performance is dependent on our ability to perform on our current and future expected U.S. Government contracts, which are subject to termination for convenience, which could harm our financial performance.

 

We believe that our financial performance will be dependent on our performance under our existing U.S. Government contracts and contracts we may enter into with the U.S. Government in the future. Government customers have the right to cancel any contract for its convenience. An unanticipated termination of, or reduced purchases under, one of our major contracts whether due to lack of funding, for convenience or otherwise, or the occurrence of delays, cost overruns and product failures could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. If one of our U.S. Government contracts were terminated for convenience, we would generally be entitled to payments for our allowable costs and would receive some allowance for profit on the work performed. If one of our contracts were terminated for default, we would generally be entitled to payments for our work that has been accepted by the government. A termination arising out of our default could expose us to liability and have a negative impact on our ability to obtain future contracts and orders. Furthermore, on contracts for which we are a subcontractor and not the prime contractor, the U.S. Government could terminate the prime contract for convenience or otherwise, irrespective of our performance as a subcontractor.

 

Our failure to comply with a variety of complex procurement rules and regulations could result in our being liable for penalties, including termination of our current and anticipated U.S. Government contracts, disqualification from bidding on future U.S. Government contracts and suspension or debarment from U.S. Government contracting that could adversely affect our financial condition.

 

We must comply with laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration and performance of our one existing and anticipated future U.S. Government contracts, which affect how we do business with our customers and may impose added costs on our business. U.S. Government contracts generally are subject to the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), which sets forth policies, procedures and requirements for the acquisition of goods and services by the U.S. Government, department-specific regulations that implement or supplement DFAR, such as the DOD’s Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) and other applicable laws and regulations. We are also subject to the Truth in Negotiations Act, which requires certification and disclosure of cost and pricing data in connection with certain contract negotiations; the Procurement Integrity Act, which regulates access to competitor bid and proposal information and government source selection information, and our ability to provide compensation to certain former government officials; the Civil False Claims Act, which provides for substantial civil penalties for violations, including for submission of a false or fraudulent claim to the U.S. Government for payment or approval; the Civil False Claims Act, which provides for substantial civil penalties for violations, including for submission of a false or fraudulent claim to the U.S. Government for payment or approval; and the U.S. Government Cost Accounting Standards, which impose accounting requirements that govern our right to reimbursement under certain cost- based U.S. Government contracts. These regulations impose a broad range of requirements, many of which are unique to government contracting, including various procurement, import and export, security, contract pricing and cost, contract termination and adjustment, and audit requirements. A contractor’s failure to comply with these regulations and requirements could result in reductions to the value of contracts, contract modifications or termination, and the assessment of penalties and fines and lead to suspension or debarment, for cause, from government contracting or subcontracting for a period of time. In addition, government contractors are also subject to routine audits and investigations by U.S. Government agencies such as the Defense Contract Audit Agency (DCAA) and Defense Contract Management Agency (DCMA). These agencies review a contractor’s performance under its contracts, cost structure and compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards. The DCAA also reviews the adequacy of and a contractor’s compliance with its internal control systems and policies, including the contractor’s purchasing, property, estimating, compensation and management information systems. During the term of any suspension or debarment by any U.S. Government agency, contractors can be prohibited from competing for or being awarded contracts by U.S. Government agencies. The termination of any of our significant Government contracts or the imposition of fines, damages, suspensions or debarment would adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

 

The U.S. Government may adopt new contract rules and regulations or revise its procurement practices in a manner adverse to us at any time.

 

Our industry has experienced, and we expect it will continue to experience, significant changes to business practices as a result of an increased focus on affordability, efficiencies, and recovery of costs, among other items. U.S. Government agencies may face restrictions or pressure regarding the type and number of services that they may obtain from private contractors. Legislation, regulations and initiatives dealing with procurement reform, mitigation of potential conflicts of interest and environmental responsibility or sustainability, as well as any resulting shifts in the buying practices of U.S. Government agencies, such as increased usage of fixed price contracts, multiple award contracts and small business set-aside contracts, could have adverse effects on government contractors, including us. Any of these changes could impair our ability to obtain new contracts or renew our existing contracts when those contracts are recompeted. Any new contracting requirements or procurement methods could be costly or administratively difficult for us to implement and could adversely affect our future revenues, profitability and prospects.

 

We may incur cost overruns as a result of fixed priced government contracts which would have a negative impact on our operations.

 

As we pursue additional U.S. Government contracts in addition to the one U.S. Government contract we now have for the U.S. Army, we expect to have to perform under fixed price contracts such as multi-award, multi-year IDIQ task order based contracts, which generally provide for fixed price schedules for products and services, have no pre-set delivery schedules, have very low minimum purchase requirements, are typically competed among multiple awardees and could force us to carry the burden of any cost overruns. Due to their nature, fixed-priced contracts inherently have more risk than cost reimbursable contracts. If we are unable to control costs or if our initial cost estimates are incorrect, we can lose money on these contracts. In addition, some of these fixed price contracts will likely have provisions relating to cost controls and audit rights, and if we fail to meet the terms specified in those contracts, we may not realize their full benefits. Lower earnings caused by cost overruns and cost controls would have a negative impact on our results of operations should we receive awards of such contracts. The U.S. Government has the right to enter into contracts with other suppliers, which may be competitive with our IDIQ contracts. We anticipate that it may also perform fixed priced contracts under which we agree to provide specific quantities of products and services over time for a fixed price. Since the price competition to win both IDIQ and fixed price contracts is intense and the costs of future contract performance cannot be predicted with certainty, there can be no assurance as to the profits, if any, that we will realize over the term of such contracts.

 

 

Misconduct of employees, subcontractors, agents and business partners could cause us to lose existing contracts or customers and adversely affect our ability to obtain new contracts and customers and could have a significant adverse impact on our business and reputation.

 

Misconduct could include fraud or other improper activities such as falsifying time or other records and violations of laws, including the Anti-Kickback Act. Other examples could include the failure to comply with our policies and procedures or with federal, state or local government procurement regulations, regulations regarding the use and safeguarding of classified or other protected information, legislation regarding the pricing of labor and other costs in government contracts, laws and regulations relating to environmental, health or safety matters, bribery of foreign government officials, import-export control, lobbying or similar activities, and any other applicable laws or regulations. Any data loss or information security lapses resulting in the compromise of personal information or the improper use or disclosure of sensitive or classified information could result in claims, remediation costs, regulatory sanctions against us, loss of current and future contracts and serious harm to our reputation. Although we have implemented policies, procedures and controls to prevent and detect these activities, these precautions may not prevent all misconduct, and as a result, we could face unknown risks or losses. Our failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations or misconduct by any of our employees, subcontractors, agents or business partners could damage our reputation and subject us to fines and penalties, restitution or other damages, loss of security clearance, loss of current and future customer contracts and suspension or debarment from contracting with federal, state or local government agencies, any of which would adversely affect our business, reputation and our future results.

 

We may fail to obtain and maintain necessary security clearances, which may adversely affect our ability to perform on certain anticipated U.S. government contracts and depress our potential revenues.

 

Many U.S. Government programs require contractors to have security clearances. Depending on the level of required clearance, security clearances can be difficult and time-consuming to obtain. If we or our employees are unable to obtain or retain necessary security clearances, we may not be able to win new business, and our existing clients could terminate their contracts with us or decide not to renew them. To the extent we are not able to obtain and maintain facility security clearances or engage employees with the required security clearances for a particular contract, we may not be able to bid on or win new contracts, or effectively rebid on expiring contracts, as well as lose existing contracts, which may adversely affect our operating results and inhibit the execution of our growth strategy.

 

Our future revenues and growth prospects could be adversely affected by our dependence on other contractors.

 

If other contractors with whom we have contractual relationships either as a prime contractor or subcontractor eliminate or reduce their work with us, or if the U.S. Government terminates or reduces these other contractors’ programs, does not award them new contracts or refuses to pay under a contract our financial and business condition may be adversely affected. Companies that do not have access to U.S. Government contracts may perform services as our subcontractor and that exposure could enhance such companies’ prospect of securing a future position as a prime U.S. Government contractor which could increase competition for future contracts and impair our ability to perform on contracts.

 

We may have disputes with our subcontractors arising from, among other things, the quality and timeliness of work performed by the subcontractor, customer concerns about the subcontractor, our failure to extend existing task orders or issue new task orders under a subcontract, our hiring of a subcontractor’s personnel or the subcontractor’s failure to comply with applicable law. Current uncertain economic conditions heighten the risk of financial stress of our subcontractors, which could adversely impact their ability to meet their contractual requirements to us. If any of our subcontractors fail to timely meet their contractual obligations or have regulatory compliance or other problems, our ability to fulfill our obligations as a prime contractor or higher tier subcontractor may be jeopardized. Significant losses could arise in future periods and subcontractor performance deficiencies could result in our termination for default. A termination for default could eliminate a revenue source, expose us to liability and have an adverse effect on our ability to compete for future contracts and task orders, especially if the customer is an agency of the U.S. Government.

 

 

Our international business exposes us to geo-political and economic factors, regulatory requirements and other risks associated with doing business in foreign countries.

 

We intend to engage in additional foreign operations which pose complex management, foreign currency, legal, tax and economic risks, which we may not adequately address. These risks differ from and potentially may be greater than those associated with our domestic business.

 

Our international business is sensitive to changes in the priorities and budgets of international customers and geo-political uncertainties, which may be driven by changes in threat environments and potentially volatile worldwide economic conditions, various regional and local economic and political factors, risks and uncertainties, as well as U.S. foreign policy. Our international sales are subject to U.S. laws, regulations and policies, including the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (see below) and other export laws and regulations. Due to the nature of our products, we must first obtain licenses and authorizations from various U.S. Government agencies before we are permitted to sell our products outside of the U.S. We can give no assurance that we will continue to be successful in obtaining the necessary licenses or authorizations or that certain sales will not be prevented or delayed. Any significant impairment of our ability to sell products outside of the U.S. could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our international sales are also subject to local government laws, regulations and procurement policies and practices which may differ from U.S. Government regulations, including regulations relating to import-export control, investments, exchange controls and repatriation of earnings, as well as to varying currency, geo- political and economic risks. Our international contracts may include industrial cooperation agreements requiring specific in-country purchases, manufacturing agreements or financial support obligations, known as offset obligations, and provide for penalties if we fail to meet such requirements. Our international contracts may also be subject to termination at the customer’s convenience or for default based on performance and may be subject to funding risks. We also are exposed to risks associated with using foreign representatives and consultants for international sales and operations and teaming with international subcontractors, partners and suppliers in connection with international programs. As a result of these factors, we could experience award and funding delays on international programs and could incur losses on such programs, which could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We are also subject to a number of other risks including:

 

	●	The absence in some jurisdictions of effective laws to protect our intellectual property rights;
	●	Multiple and possibly overlapping and conflicting tax laws;
	●	Restrictions on movement of cash;
	●	The burdens of complying with a variety of national and local laws;
	●	Political instability;
	●	Currency fluctuations;
	●	Longer payment cycles;
	●	Restrictions on the import and export of certain technologies;
	●	Price controls or restrictions on exchange of foreign currencies; and
	●	Trade barriers.

 

 

Our international operations are subject to special U.S. government laws and regulations, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and regulations and procurement policies and practices, including regulations to import-export control, which may expose us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.

 

Our international operations are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, and other laws that prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials and political parties by U.S. and other business entities for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We expect to have operations and deal with governmental customers in countries known to experience corruption, including certain countries in the Middle East and in the future, the Far East. Our activities in these countries could create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees, consultants or contractors that could be in violation of various laws including the FCPA, even though these parties are not always subject to our control. We are also subject to import-export control regulations restricting the use and dissemination of information classified for national security purposes and the export of certain products, services, and technical data, including requirements regarding any applicable licensing of our employees involved in such work.

 

As a U.S. defense contractor, we are vulnerable to security threats and other disruptions that could negatively impact our business.

 

As a U.S. defense contractor, we face certain security threats, including threats to our information technology infrastructure, attempts to gain access to our proprietary or classified information, and threats to physical security. These types of events could disrupt our operations, require significant management attention and resources, and could negatively impact our reputation among our customers and the public, which could have a negative impact on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. We are continuously exposed to cyber-attacks and other security threats, including physical break-ins. Any electronic or physical break-in or other security breach or compromise may jeopardize security of information stored or transmitted through our information technology systems and networks. This could lead to disruptions in mission-critical systems, unauthorized release of confidential or otherwise protected information and corruption of data. Although we have implemented policies, procedures and controls to protect against, detect and mitigate these threats, we face advanced and persistent attacks on our information systems and attempts by others to gain unauthorized access to our information technology systems are becoming more sophisticated. These attempts include covertly introducing malware to our computers and networks and impersonating authorized users, among others, and may be perpetrated by well- funded organized crime or state sponsored efforts. We seek to detect and investigate all security incidents and to prevent their occurrence or recurrence. We continue to invest in and improve our threat protection, detection and mitigation policies, procedures and controls. In addition, we work with other companies in the industry and government participants on increased awareness and enhanced protections against cyber security threats. However, because of the evolving nature and sophistication of these security threats, which can be difficult to detect, there can be no assurance that our policies, procedures and controls have or will detect or prevent any of these threats and we cannot predict the full impact of any such past or future incident. Although we work cooperatively with our customers and other business partners to seek to minimize the impacts of cyber and other security threats, we must rely on the safeguards put in place by those entities. Any remedial costs or other liabilities related to cyber or other security threats may not be fully insured or indemnified by other means. Occurrence of any of these security threats could expose us to claims, contract terminations and damages and could adversely affect our reputation, ability to work on sensitive U.S. Government contracts, business operations and financial results.

 

Difficult conditions in the global capital markets and the economy generally may materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

Our results of operations are materially affected by conditions in the global capital markets and the economy generally, both in the U.S. and elsewhere around the world. Weak economic conditions sustained uncertainty about global economic conditions, concerns about future U.S. budgetary cuts, or a prolonged or further tightening of credit markets could cause our customers and potential customers to postpone or reduce spending on technology products or services or put downward pressure on prices, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows. In the event of extreme prolonged adverse market events, such as a global credit crisis, we could incur significant losses.

 

 

Inflation has been on the rise and continues to destabilize the global economy. The Russia Ukraine conflict and other geopolitical tensions, as well as the related international response, have exacerbated inflationary pressures, including causing increases in the price for goods and services and exacerbated global supply chain disruptions, which have resulted in, and may continue to result in, shortages in materials and services and related uncertainties. Such shortages have resulted in, and may continue to result in, cost increases for labor, fuel, materials and services, and could continue to cause costs to increase, and also result in the scarcity of certain materials. We cannot predict any future trends in the rate of inflation or other negative economic factors or associated increases in our operating costs and how that may impact our business. To the extent we are unable to recover higher operating costs resulting from inflation or otherwise mitigate the impact of such costs on our business, our revenues and gross profit could decrease, and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

 

Our success may depend on our ability to obtain and protect the proprietary information on which we base our laser-based cleaning equipment.

 

In the event we acquire companies with intellectual property (“IP”) that is important to the development of our laser cleaning products, we will need to:

 

	●	Obtain valid and enforceable patents;
	●	Protect trade secrets; and
	●	Operate without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others.

 

We will be able to protect our proprietary technology from unauthorized use by third parties only to the extent that such proprietary rights are covered by valid and enforceable patents or are effectively maintained as trade secrets. Any non-confidential disclosure to or misappropriation by third parties of our confidential or proprietary information could enable competitors to quickly duplicate or surpass our technological achievements, thus eroding our competitive position in our market.

 

The patent application process, also known as patent prosecution, is expensive and time-consuming, and we and our current or future licensors and licensees may not be able to prepare, file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we or our current licensors, or any future licensors or licensees, will fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Therefore, these and any of our patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, for example with respect to proper priority claims or inventorship. If we or our current licensors or licensees, or any future licensors or licensees, fail to establish, maintain or protect such patents and other intellectual property rights, such rights may be reduced or eliminated. If our current licensors or licensees, or any future licensors or licensees, are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised. If there are material defects in the form or preparation of our patents or patent applications, such patents or applications may be invalid and unenforceable. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may harm our business.

 

The patent applications that we may own or license may fail to result in issued patents in the United States or in other countries. Even if patents do issue on such patent applications, third parties may challenge the validity, enforceability or scope thereof, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. For example, U.S. patents can be challenged by any person before the new USPTO Patent Trial and Appeals Board at any time within the first year of that person’s receipt of an allegation of infringement of the patents. Patents granted by the European Patent Office may be similarly opposed by any person within nine months from the publication of the grant. Similar proceedings are available in other jurisdictions, and in the United States, Europe and other jurisdictions third parties can raise questions of validity with a patent office even before a patent has granted. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our intellectual property or prevent others from designing around our claims. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patents and patent applications we hold or pursue with respect to our product candidates is successfully challenged, then our ability to commercialize such product candidates could be negatively affected, and we may face unexpected competition that could harm our business. Further, if we encounter delays in our clinical trials, the period of time during which we or our collaborators could market our product candidates under patent protection would be reduced.

 

 

The degree of future protection of our proprietary rights is uncertain. Patent protection may be unavailable or severely limited in some cases and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. For example:

 

	●	we might not have been the first to invent or the first to file the inventions covered by each of our pending patent applications and issued patents;
	●	others may be able to make, use, sell, offer to sell or import products that are similar to our products or product candidates but that are not covered by the claims of our patents; others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies;
	●	the proprietary rights of others may have an adverse effect on our business;
	●	any proprietary rights we do obtain may not encompass commercially viable products, may not provide us with any competitive advantages or may be challenged by third parties;

 

	●	any patents we obtain, or our in-licensed issued patents, may not be valid or enforceable; or
	●	we may not develop additional technologies or products that are patentable or suitable to maintain as trade secrets.
	●	If we or our current licensors or licensees, or any future licensors or licensees, fail to prosecute, maintain and enforce patent protection for our product candidates, our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates could be harmed and we might not be able to prevent competitors from making, using and selling competing products. This failure to properly protect the intellectual property rights relating to our product candidates could harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how.

 

Even where laws provide protection, costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and the outcome of such litigation would be uncertain. If we or one of our collaborators were to initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering the product candidate, the defendant could assert an affirmative defense or counterclaim that our patent is not infringed, invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant defenses and counterclaims alleging non-infringement, invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, anticipation or obviousness, and lack of written description, definiteness or enablement. Patents may be unenforceable if someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld material information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. The outcomes of proceedings involving assertions of invalidity and unenforceability are unpredictable. It is possible that prior art of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution exists, which would render our patents invalid. Moreover, it is also possible that prior art may exist that we are aware of, but that we do not believe are relevant to our current or future patents, that could nevertheless be determined to render our patents invalid. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability of our patents covering one of our product candidates, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on such product candidate. Such a loss of patent protection would harm our business. Moreover, our competitors could counterclaim in any suit to enforce our patents that we infringe their intellectual property. Furthermore, some of our competitors have substantially greater intellectual property portfolios, and resources, than we do.

 

 

Our ability to stop third parties from using our technology or making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing our products is dependent upon the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable patents that cover these activities. If any patent we currently or in the future may own or license is deemed not infringed, invalid or unenforceable, it could impact our commercial success. We cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be issued from any patent applications we currently or may in the future own or license from third parties.

 

To the extent that consultants or key employees apply technological information independently developed by them or by others to our product candidates, disputes may arise as to who has the proprietary rights to such information and product candidates, and certain of such disputes may not be resolved in our favor. Consultants and key employees that work with our confidential and proprietary technologies are required to assign all intellectual property rights in their inventions and discoveries created during the scope of their work to our company. However, these consultants or key employees may terminate their relationship with us, and we cannot preclude them indefinitely from dealing with our competitors.

 

If we are unable to prevent disclosure of our trade secrets or other confidential information to third parties, our competitive position may be impaired.

 

We also may rely on trade secrets to protect our technology, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. Our ability to stop third parties from obtaining the information or know-how necessary to make, use, sell, offer to sell or import our products or practice our technology is dependent in part upon the extent to which we prevent disclosure of the trade secrets that cover these activities. Trade secret rights can be lost through disclosure to third parties. Although we use reasonable efforts to protect our trade secrets, our employees, consultants, contractors, outside scientific collaborators and other advisors may unintentionally or willfully disclose our trade secrets to third parties, resulting in loss of trade secret protection. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how, which would not constitute a violation of our trade secret rights. Enforcing a claim that a third party is engaged in the unlawful use of our trade secrets is expensive, difficult and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, recognition of rights in trade secrets and a willingness to enforce trade secrets differs in certain jurisdictions.

 

If we are sued for infringing intellectual property rights of third parties, it will be costly and time consuming, and an unfavorable outcome in that litigation could harm our business.

 

Our commercial success depends significantly on our ability to operate without infringing, violating or misappropriating the patents and other proprietary rights of third parties. Our own technologies we acquire or develop may infringe, violate or misappropriate the patents or other proprietary rights of third parties, or we may be subject to third-party claims of such infringement. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are developing our product candidates. Because some patent applications may be maintained in secrecy until the patents are issued, because publication of patent applications is often delayed, and because publications in the scientific literature often lag behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain that we were the first to invent the technology or that others have not filed patent applications for technology covered by our pending applications. We may not be aware of patents that have already issued that a third party might assert are infringed by our product candidates. It is also possible that patents of which we are aware, but which we do not believe are relevant to our product candidates, could nevertheless be found to be infringed by our product candidates. Moreover, we may face patent infringement claims from non-practicing entities that have no relevant product revenue and against whom our own patent portfolio may thus have no deterrent effect. In the future, we may agree to indemnify our manufacturing partners against certain intellectual property claims brought by third parties.

 

 

Intellectual property litigation involves many risks and uncertainties, and there is no assurance that we will prevail in any lawsuit brought against us. Third parties making claims against us for infringement, violation or misappropriation of their intellectual property rights may seek and obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize our product candidates. Further, if a patent infringement suit were brought against us, we could be forced to stop or delay research, development, manufacturing or sales of the product or product candidate that is the subject of the suit. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would cause us to incur substantial expenses and, would be a substantial diversion of resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of any such infringement, violation or misappropriation, we may need to obtain licenses from such third parties and we and our partners may be prevented from pursuing product development or commercialization and/or may be required to pay damages. We cannot be certain that any licenses required under such patents or proprietary rights would be made available to us, or that any offer to license would be made available to us on commercially reasonable terms. If we cannot obtain such licenses, we and our collaborators may be restricted or prevented from manufacturing and selling products employing our technology. These adverse results, if they occur, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and prospects, and the value of our shares.

 

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

 

The defense and prosecution of contractual or intellectual property lawsuits, USPTO interference or derivation proceedings, European Patent Office oppositions and related legal and administrative proceedings in the United States, Europe and other countries, involve complex legal and factual questions. As a result, such proceedings may be costly and time-consuming to pursue, and their outcome is uncertain.

 

	●	Litigation may be necessary to:
	●	protect and enforce our patents and any future patents issuing on our patent applications;
	●	enforce or clarify the terms of the licenses we have granted or may be granted in the future;
	●	protect and enforce trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary rights that we own or have licensed, or may license in the future; or
	●	determine the enforceability, scope and validity of the proprietary rights of third parties and defend against alleged patent infringement.

 

Competitors may infringe our intellectual property. As a result, we may be required to file infringement claims to stop third-party infringement or unauthorized use. This can be expensive, particularly for a company of our size, and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is not valid or is unenforceable or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patent claims do not cover its technology or that the factors necessary to grant an injunction against an infringer are not satisfied. An adverse determination of any litigation or other proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, interpreted narrowly, or amended such that they do not cover our product candidates. Moreover, such adverse determinations could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing, or issuing with limited and potentially inadequate scope to cover our product candidates or to prevent others from marketing similar products.

 

Interference, derivation or other proceedings brought at the USPTO, may be necessary to determine the priority or patentability of inventions with respect to our patent applications or those of our licensors or potential collaborators. Litigation or USPTO proceedings brought by us may fail or may be invoked against us by third parties. Even if we are successful, domestic or foreign litigation or USPTO or foreign patent office proceedings may result in substantial costs and distraction to our management. We may not be able, alone or with our licensors or potential collaborators, to prevent misappropriation of our proprietary rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect such rights as fully as in the United States.

 

 

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or other proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation or other proceedings. In addition, during the course of this kind of litigation or proceedings, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments or public access to related documents. If investors perceive these results to be negative, the market price for our common stock could be significantly harmed.

 

Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of patent-related disputes, including patent litigation, more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations.

 

We may not be able to enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

 

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly in developing countries. Moreover, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws. Additionally, laws of some countries outside of the United States do not afford intellectual property protection to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of some countries, particularly developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property rights. This could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For example, many foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, if our ability to enforce our patents to stop infringing activities is inadequate. These products may compete with our products, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

 

Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions, whether or not successful, could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and resources from other aspects of our business. Furthermore, while we intend to protect our intellectual property rights in major markets for our products, we cannot ensure that we will be able to initiate or maintain similar efforts in all jurisdictions in which we may wish to market our products. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate.

 

Risks Related to Investing in Our Common Stock

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company”, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including (1) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which we refer to as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (2) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any September 30 before that time or if we have total annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more during any fiscal year before that time, in which cases we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31 or, if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during any three-year period before that time, we would cease to be an emerging growth company immediately. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and/or warrants and our stock price and price for the warrants may be more volatile.

 

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of our second annual report or the first annual report required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) following the date upon which we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act.

 

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies

 

Because the Company is a “smaller reporting company,” we may take advantage of certain scaled disclosures available to us, resulting in holders of our securities receiving less Company information than they would receive from a public company that is not a smaller reporting company.

 

We are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As a smaller reporting company, we may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as (i) our common shares held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our common shares held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter. To the extent we take advantage of any reduced disclosure obligations, it may make it harder for investors to analyze the Company’s results of operations and financial prospects in comparison with other public companies.

 

As a smaller reporting company, we are permitted to comply with scaled-back disclosure obligations in our SEC filings compared to other issuers, including with respect to disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. We have elected to adopt the accommodations available to smaller reporting companies. Until we cease to be a smaller reporting company, the scaled-back disclosure in our SEC filings will result in less information about our company being available than for other public companies.

 

Our largest stockholder beneficially owns a significant number of shares of our common stock. That stockholder’s interests may conflict with other stockholders, who may be unable to influence management and exercise control over our business.

 

Our largest stockholder, Fonon Corporation, that is owned by ICT Investments, owns 51% of our shares of common stock. As a result, ICT Investments is able to: place, elect, or defeat the election of our directors; amend or prevent amendment to our certificates of incorporation or bylaws; effect or prevent a merger, sale of assets or other corporate transaction; drive business decisions and control expenditures; and control the outcome of any other matter submitted to the stockholders for vote. Accordingly, other stockholders are unable to influence management or exercise control over our business.

 

 

We do not intend to pay cash dividends to our stockholders.

 

We paid a one-time cash dividend for the year ended December 31, 2021 in the amount of $310,280. We currently intend to retain any future earnings for funding growth and, therefore, do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. If we determine that we will pay cash dividends to the holders of our common stock, we cannot assure that such cash dividends will be paid on a timely basis. The success of your investment in our Company will likely depend entirely upon any future appreciation.

 

Some provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may deter takeover attempts, which may inhibit a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and limit the opportunity of our stockholders to sell their shares at a favorable price.

 

Under our certificate of incorporation, our Board of Directors may issue additional shares of common or preferred stock. Our Board of Directors has the ability to authorize “blank check” preferred stock without future stockholder approval. This makes it possible for our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, including a transaction in which our stockholders would receive a premium over the market price for their shares and/or any other transaction that might otherwise be deemed to be in their best interests, and thereby protects the continuity of our management and limits an investor’s opportunity to profit by their investment in our business. Specifically, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, the Board of Directors were to determine that a takeover proposal was not in our best interest, shares could be issued by our Board of Directors without stockholder approval in one or more transactions that might prevent or render more difficult or costly the completion of the takeover by:

 

	●	diluting the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder group,
	●	putting a substantial voting bloc in institutional or other hands that might undertake to support the incumbent Board of Directors, or
	●	effecting an acquisition that might complicate or preclude the takeover.

 

Our indemnification of our officers and directors may cause us to use corporate resources to the detriment of our stockholders.

 

Our certificate of incorporation eliminates the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages arising from a breach of their fiduciary duty as directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. This limitation does not affect the availability of equitable remedies, such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our certificate of incorporation requires us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including in circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary under Delaware law.

 

Under Delaware law, we may indemnify our directors or officers or other persons who were, are or are threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding because the person is or was our director, officer, employee or agent, if we determine that the person:

 

conducted himself or herself in good faith, reasonably believed, in the case of conduct in his or her official capacity as our director or officer, that his or her conduct was in our best interests, and, in all other cases, that his or her conduct was at least not opposed to our best interests; and

 

in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

 

These persons may be indemnified against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, including excise taxes, and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred, by the person in connection with the proceeding. If the person is found liable to the corporation, no indemnification will be made unless the court in which the action was brought determines that the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity in an amount that the court will establish.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended – the “Securities Act” – may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the above provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

Our bylaws include a forum selection clause, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us, remove current management or to be acquired by a third party.

 

Our bylaws require that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, either (i) the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is to be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our bylaws or (d) any action or proceeding asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine or (ii) the federal district court in the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for a cause of action arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. In addition, our bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or to remove current management through provisions that preclude cumulative voting in the election of directors and that allow our bylaws to be adopted, amended or repealed by our board of directors.

 

This exclusive forum provision will apply to other state and federal law claims including actions arising under the Securities Act (although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder). Section 22 of the Securities Act, however, creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a forum selection provision as written in connection with claims arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing provisions. This forum selection provision in our bylaws may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. It is also possible that, notwithstanding the forum selection clause included in our bylaws, a court could rule that such a provision is inapplicable or unenforceable.

 

The obligations associated with being a public company require significant resources and management attention, which may divert from our business operations.

 

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition, proxy statement, and other information. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will need to certify that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that material information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. We may need to hire additional financial reporting, internal controls and other financial personnel in order to develop and implement appropriate internal controls and reporting procedures. As a result, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, results of operations and financial condition. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. In addition, we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur in order to comply with these requirements. We anticipate that these costs will materially increase our selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

 

Public company compliance may make it more difficult to attract and retain officers and directors.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules implemented by the SEC have required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. As a public company, these rules and regulations increase our compliance costs and make certain activities more time consuming and costly. As a public company, these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and expensive for us to maintain our director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors or as executive officers, and to maintain insurance at reasonable rates, or at all.

 

If we fail to establish and maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or prevent fraud. Any inability to report and file our financial results accurately and timely could harm our reputation and adversely impact the trading price of our common stock.

 

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. There exist material weaknesses in our internal controls as of December 31, 2022. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, we may not be able to manage our business as effectively as we would if an effective control environment existed, and our business and reputation with investors may be harmed. With each prospective acquisition we may make we will conduct whatever due diligence is necessary or prudent to assure us that the acquisition target can comply with the internal control requirements of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act. Notwithstanding our diligence, certain internal control deficiencies may not be detected at acquired entities. As a result, any internal control deficiencies may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and access to capital.

 

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal financial controls such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. We continue to evaluate steps to remediate our material weaknesses. These remediation measures may be time consuming and costly and there is no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects.

 

Any failure to maintain effective internal controls could adversely impact our ability to report our financial position and results from operations on a timely and accurate basis. If our financial statements are not accurate, investors may not have a complete understanding of our operations. Likewise, if our financial statements are not filed on a timely basis, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. In either case, there could result a material adverse effect on our business. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.

 

We can give no assurance that the measures we have taken and plan to take in the future will remediate the material weaknesses or that any additional material weaknesses or restatements of financial results will not arise in the future due to a failure to implement and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting or circumvention of these controls. In addition, even if we are successful in strengthening our controls and procedures, in the future those controls and procedures may not be adequate to prevent or identify irregularities or errors or to facilitate the fair presentation of our consolidated financial statements.

 

 

Our stock price may be volatile.

 

The market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could fluctuate widely in price in response to various factors, many of which are beyond our control, including the following:

 

	●	our ability to execute our business plan and complete prospective acquisitions;
	●	changes in our industry;
	●	competitive pricing pressures;
	●	our ability to obtain working capital financing;
	●	additions or departures of key personnel;
	●	limited “public float” in the hands of a small number of persons whose sales or lack of sales could result in positive or negative pricing pressure on the market price for our common stock;
	●	sales of our common stock (particularly following effectiveness of this Form S-1);
	●	operating results that fall below expectations;
	●	regulatory developments;
	●	economic and other external factors;
	●	period-to-period fluctuations in our financial results;
	●	our inability to develop or acquire new or needed technologies;
	●	the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including filings with the SEC;
	●	changes in financial estimates or ratings by any securities analysts who follow our common stock, our failure to meet these estimates or failure of those analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our common stock;
	●	the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our common stock; and
	●	any future sales of our common stock by our officers, directors and significant stockholders.

 

In addition, the securities markets have from time-to-time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may also materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

If our shares of common stock become subject to the penny stock rules, it would become more difficult to trade our shares.

 

The SEC has adopted rules that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in penny stocks. Penny stocks are generally equity securities with a price per share of less than $5.00, other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or authorized for quotation on certain automated quotation systems, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities is provided by the exchange or system. If we do not obtain or retain a listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market and if the price of our common stock is less than $5.00 per share, our common stock will be deemed a penny stock. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, before effecting a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document containing specified information. In addition, the penny stock rules require that, before effecting any such transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, a broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive (i) the purchaser’s written acknowledgment of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement; (ii) a written agreement to transactions involving penny stocks; and (iii) a signed and dated copy of a written suitability statement. These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the trading activity in the secondary market for our common stock, and therefore stockholders may have difficulty selling their shares.

 

 

FINRA sales practice requirements may limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell our stock.

 

In addition to the “penny stock” rules described above, FINRA has adopted rules that require that in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker- dealer must have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is suitable for that customer. Prior to recommending speculative, low-priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other information. The FINRA requirements may make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend that their customers buy our common stock, which may have the effect of reducing the level of trading activity in our common stock. As a result, fewer broker-dealers may be willing to make a market in our common stock, reducing a stockholder’s ability to resell shares of our common stock.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will, to some extent, depend on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

 

Offers or availability for sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock may cause the price of our common stock to decline.

 

If our stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market upon the expiration of any statutory holding period under Rule 144, or shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, it could create a circumstance commonly referred to as an “overhang” and, in anticipation of which, the market price of our common stock could fall. The existence of an overhang, whether or not sales have occurred or are occurring, also could make more difficult our ability to raise additional financing through the sale of equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem reasonable or appropriate.

 

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of shares.

 

Any substantial sale of stock by existing stockholders could depress the market value of our stock, thereby devaluing the market price and causing investors to risk losing all or part of their investment.

 

ICT Investments through its ownership of Fonon Corporation, holds a large number of our outstanding shares. We can make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sale, will have on the prevailing market price of our shares of common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could depress prevailing market prices for the shares. Such sales may also make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price which it deems appropriate.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

 

ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY

 

We use, store and process data for and about our customers, employees, partners, and suppliers. We have implemented a cybersecurity risk management program that is designed to identify, assess, and mitigate risks from cybersecurity threats to this data, our systems and business operations.

 

Cyber Risk Management and Strategy

 

Under the oversight of the Board of Directors and Audit Committee, we have implemented and maintain a risk management program that includes processes for the systematic identification, assessment, management, and treatment of cybersecurity risks. Our cybersecurity oversight and operational processes are integrated into our overall risk management processes, and cybersecurity is one of our designated risk categories. We use the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework to guide our approach, ensuring a structured and comprehensive strategy for managing cybersecurity risks. We implement a risk-based approach to the management of cyber threats, supported by cybersecurity technologies, including automated tools, designed to monitor, identify, and address cybersecurity risks. In support of this approach, our IT security team implements processes to assess, identify, and manage security risks to the company, including in the pillar areas of security and compliance, application security, infrastructure security, and data privacy. This process includes regular compliance and critical system access reviews. In addition, we conduct application security assessments, vulnerability management, penetration testing, security audits, and ongoing risk assessments as part of our risk management process. We also maintain an incident response plan to guide our processes in the event of an incident. We also have a process to require corporate employees to undertake cybersecurity training and compliance programs annually.

 

We utilize third parties and consultants to assist in the identification and assessment of risks, including to support tabletop exercises and to conduct security testing.

 

Further, we have processes in place to evaluate potential risks from cybersecurity threats associated with our use of third-party service providers that will have access to Company data, including a review process for such providers’ cybersecurity practices, risk assessments, contractual requirement, and system monitoring.

 

We continue to evaluate and enhance our systems, controls, and processes where possible, including in response to actual or perceived threats specific to us or experienced by other companies.

 

Although risks from cybersecurity threats have to date not materially affected us, our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition, we have, from time to time, experienced threats to and breaches of our and our third-party vendors’ data and systems. For more information, please see Item 1A. Risk Factors, the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business and Our Industry— Internalsystem or service failures could disrupt our business and impair our ability to effectively provide our services and products to our customers, which could damage our reputation and adversely affect our revenues and profitability.” and “As a U.S. defense contractor, we are vulnerable to security threats and other disruptions that could negatively impact our business.”

 

Risk Management Oversight and Governance

 

The Board of Directors has oversight of the Company’s cybersecurity program and has delegated the quarterly assessments and management of cybersecurity risks to the Audit Committee.

 

Our IT Manager and our IT Administrator oversee our information security program and lead our information security team. Our IT Manager has primary responsibility for assessing and managing our cybersecurity threat management program, informed by over ten years of experience leading cross-functional organizations in the development and operation of large-scale systems.

 

 

Our IT Manager reports quarterly to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors on the information security program and related cyber risks and provides an annual update to the Board of Directors on the Company’s overall risk management strategy, which includes addressing cybersecurity risks. Any cybersecurity incidents at the Company are reported to the Audit Committee by the IT Manager.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

On December 1, 2019, we entered a sub-lease with ICT Investments for 5,000 sf of manufacturing space on a month-to-month basis at $4,050 per month. In January 2020, we expanded the lease with ICT Investments to include the entire facility of 18,000 sf. In October 2021, we signed a direct lease with the landlord for three years, terminating on October 31, 2024. The monthly rent for this facility is currently $15,549.

 

In December 2022, we entered into an agreement with 2701 Maitland Building Associates to rent 8,000 sf of additional office space nearby the main facility, for our growing sales and marketing program. The monthly rent for this space is currently $14,805.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

ITEM 4. MINESAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

None.

 

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

(a)	Market Information. Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ with the ticker symbol “LASE”.
(b)	Stockholders. As of April 10, 2024, there were five registered holders of our common stock.
(c)	Dividends. We paid a one-time stock dividend on December 31, 2021, but we do not intend to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.
(d)	Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans.

 

The following table provides information about the common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants and rights under all of the Company’s existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2023.

 

Plan Category

Number of Securities to be Issued upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, warrants and rights

Weighted- Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, warrants and rights

Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (excluding securities reflected in the first column)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

—

10,000,000

Total

10,000,000

 

(1) In December 2019 our Board of Directors and a majority of our shareholders approved a 2019 Stock Incentive Plan and authorized the issuance of up to 10,000,000 shares under this plan.

 

Use of Proceeds

 

On October 4, 2022, the Company closed on an IPO in which it issued 3,000,000 additional shares of common stock at an offer price of $5.00 per share. The shares trade on the NASDAQ under the ticker symbol, “LASE.” Including this issuance, there were 7,878,419 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2022.

 

The remaining planned use of proceeds has not changed since the initial public offering.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

Set forth below is information regarding shares of common stock issued, and options granted, from January 1, 2022, to March 15, 2024:

 

On July 24, 2022: 25,000 Incentive Stock Options (‘ISOs’) were issued to Tim Schick, CFA. The options vest over four (4) years and are exercisable at $5.00 per share. These options were cancelled when Tim Schick was terminated as our CFO on March 27, 2023.

 

On December 12, 2022: 180,000 warrants were issued to the following members of Alexander Capital, the Underwriter of the IPO. The warrants are exercisable at $6.00 per share, between March 28, 2023, and September 29, 2027:

 

Christopher Carlin -			72,250
Jonathan Gazdak -			55,250
Rocco Guidicipietro			21,250
Joseph Amato -			21,250
Matt Rista -			10,000

 

 

On October 4, 2022, we entered into a marketing agreement with TraDigital Marketing Group. In accordance with the contract we will issue to TraDigital in 2023 350,000 shares of our common stock in full satisfaction of the balance due on our agreement, reflected in Accrued Expenses at December 31, 2022 in the amount of $829,500 ($2.37 per share, the company’s closing stock price on the contract date).

 

1,000,000 shares to Fonon

 

The offer, sale and issuance of the securities described in the paragraphs above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D in that the issuance of securities to the accredited investors did not involve a public offering. Each of the recipients of the securities in this transaction acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of these securities in this transaction was an accredited investor under Rule 501 of Regulation D.

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial statements and related notes and Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The data for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, is derived from our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2023				2022
Statement of operations data:
Net Sales		$	3,939,473			$	3,894,901
Cost of Sales		$	1,041,697			$	1,954,328
Gross Profit		$	2,897,776			$	1,940,573
Operating Expenses		$	6,246,011			$	4,017,379
Income (Loss) from Operations		$	(3,348,235	))		$	(2,076,807	)
Interest Expense		$				$	24,426
Other (Income) Expense			30,063				7,169
Income Tax Provision		$	-			$	-
Net Income (Loss)		$	(3,318,172	))		$	(2,094,064	)
Income (Loss) per Common Share		$	(0.37	))		$	(0.37	)

 

Balance sheet data:

 

		December 31,
Balance sheet data:		2023				2022
Cash		$	6,201,137			$	12,181,799
Total Assets			15,124,087				18,583,377
Current Liabilities		$	1,031,844			$	964,326
Total Liabilities		$	1,194,835			$	1,451,888

 

 

Cash flow data:

 

		2023				2022
Cash flows data:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		$	(5,551,337	)		$	-63,376
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		$	(484,805	)		$	-689,250
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		$	(25,240	)		$	12,318,676
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		$	(6,061,382	)		$	11,566,050

 

Other financial data (unaudited)

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2023				2022
Other financial data (unaudited):
EBITDA(1)		$	(2,794,791	))		$	(1,631,806	)
Adjusted EBITDA(2)		$	(2,794,791	))		$	240,313

 

In addition to providing financial measurements based on generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP), we provide the following additional financial metrics that are not prepared in accordance with GAAP (non-GAAP): EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA. Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures, in addition to GAAP financial measures, to understand and compare operating results across accounting periods, for financial and operational decision making, for planning and forecasting purposes and to evaluate our financial performance. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures help us to identify underlying trends in our business that could otherwise be masked by the effect of certain expenses that we exclude in the calculations of the non-GAAP financial measures.

 

Accordingly, we believe that these non-GAAP financial measures reflect our ongoing business in a manner that allows for meaningful comparisons and analysis of trends in the business and provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results, enhancing the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects.

 

These non-GAAP financial measures do not replace the presentation of our GAAP financial results and should only be used as a supplement to, not as a substitute for, our financial results presented in accordance with GAAP. There are limitations in the use of non-GAAP measures, because they do not include all the expenses that must be included under GAAP and because they involve the exercise of judgment concerning exclusions of items from the comparable non-GAAP financial measure. In addition, other companies may use other non-GAAP measures to evaluate their performance, or may calculate non-GAAP measures differently, all of which could reduce the usefulness of our non-GAAP financial measures as tools for comparison.

 

(1) EBITDA. EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure used by management, lenders, and certain investors as a supplemental measure in the evaluation of some aspects of a corporation’s financial position and core operating performance. Investors sometimes use EBITDA, as it allows for some level of comparability of profitability trends between those businesses differing as to capital structure and capital intensity by removing the impacts of depreciation and amortization. EBITDA also does not include changes in major working capital items, such as receivables, inventory and payables, which can also indicate a significant need for, or source of, cash. Since decisions regarding capital investment and financing and changes in working capital components can have a significant impact on cash flow, EBITDA is not necessarily a good indicator of a business’s cash flows. We use EBITDA for evaluating the relative underlying performance of our core operations and for planning purposes. We calculate EBITDA by adjusting net income to exclude net interest expense, income tax expense or benefit, depreciation and amortization, thus the term “Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization” and the acronym “EBITDA.”

 

 

(2) ADJUSTED EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as comprehensive income (loss) as reported in our consolidated statements of income excluding the impact of (i) interest expense; (ii) income tax provision; (iii) depreciation and amortization; (iv) stock-based compensation expense; (v) accretion of debt discounts; (vi) other income – forgiveness of Paycheck Protection Program loan; (vii) other financing costs; (viii) loss on extinguishment of debt; (ix) warrant inducement expense; (x) amortization of right-of-use assets; and (xi) change in fair value of derivative liabilities. Our Adjusted EBITDA measure eliminates potential differences in performance caused by variations in capital structures (affecting finance costs), tax positions, the cost and age of tangible assets (affecting relative depreciation expense) and the extent to which intangible assets are identifiable (affecting relative amortization expense). We also exclude certain one-time costs associated with our IPO and non-cash costs.

 

(3) We believe EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are helpful for investors to better understand our underlying business operations. The following table adjusts Net Income (Loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2023				2022
Reconciliation of EBITDA:
Net Income (Loss)		$	(3,318,171	))		$	(2,094,064	)
Add (deduct):			$				$
Interest expense		$	-			$	24,426
Taxes		$	-				$
Other		$	-				$
Depreciation & Amortization		$	523,380			$	437,832
EBITDA(1)		$	(2,794,791	))		$	(1,631,806	)
Other adjustments		$	-			$	1,872,119
Adjusted EBITDA(2)		$	(2,794,791	))		$	240,313

 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EITDA

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

General

 

The following discussion and analysis of the results of operations and financial condition of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and the description of our business and properties included elsewhere herein.

 

 

Overview

 

Laser Photonics is a vertically integrated manufacturing company for photonics based industrial products and solutions, primarily disruptive laser technologies, mainly premier Laser Blasting equipment. Our vertically integrated operations allow us to reduce development and advanced laser equipment manufacturing time, offer better prices, control quality and protect our proprietary knowhow and technology compared to other laser cleaning companies and companies with competing technologies.

 

We intend to continue to stay ahead of the technology curve by researching and developing cutting edge products and technologies for both large and small businesses. We view the small companies as an attractive market opportunity since they were previously unable to take advantage of laser processing equipment due to high prices, significant operating costs and the technical complexities of the laser equipment. As a result, we are developing a group of standardized laser cleaning equipment that we have named the CleanTech™ laser blaster family of equipment that we believe represents a new generation of high- power laser cleaning and rust removal systems that will be affordable to more than a million small and mid-size companies.

 

Our vertically integrated operations allow us to reduce manufacturing costs, control quality, rapidly develop and integrate advanced products and protect our proprietary technology.

 

Description of Our Gross Sales, Costs and Expenses

 

Gross sales. We derive net sales primarily from the growth was driven by increasing demand for our products, partially offset by declines in average sales prices, the introduction of new products, including laser blasting systems and the development of new applications for our products.

 

We develop our products to standard specifications and use a common set of components within our product architectures. Our major products are based upon a common technology platform. We continually enhance these and other products by improving their components and developing new product designs. Sales of our products are generally recognized upon shipment, provided that no obligations remain and collection of the receivable is reasonably assured.

 

Our sales typically are made on a purchase order basis rather than through long-term purchase commitments. We entered into laser equipment sales agreements with customers for specific equipment based on purchase orders and our standard terms and conditions of sale. All revenues are reported net of any sales discounts or taxes. Under our customer contracts or/and purchase orders, we transfer title and risk of loss to the customer and recognize revenue upon shipment. Our customers do not have extended payment terms or rights of return under these contracts.

 

Our sales channels

 

We generate Sales through Direct Sales Personnel, Distributors and Representatives, and Service Partner Network.

 

Direct Sales.

 

Distributors and Reps. All orders are received on a revolving bases in accordance with the Company’s standard Terms and Conditions of Sale. Orders are not cancelable. Orders typically consist of multiple units. Payment terms ate typically net 120 days from transferring the ownership of equipment to the distributor. Revenue is recognized on a “piece by piece” equipment basis after the appropriate transfer of the equipment’s ownership to the distributor. Payments are made by the distributor to the Company when the distributor collects funds from its regional customers or when they have funds available to reduce the outstanding balance. The Company allocates payments in accordance with its accounting practices. Detailed aging is accounted for in the Company’s MRP system – DBA Manufacturing keeping records of all equipment units ever manufactured with coordinating serial numbers. Higher level account related data with payment history is recorded in the Company’s QuickBooks accounting software.

 

 

Service Partner Network. The Company started its Service Partners Network (SPN), as a program to mobilize demonstration units to better connect the customers with the technology and product and to help those interested in starting a mobile laser cleaning service or rental service. The Company believes that the SPN will generate equipment sales and also demonstrate the capabilities of the product and the technology. As part of the SPN, the Company’s Marketing group provides leads to the SPN members at a fee that also helps generate long-term revenue opportunities for both the Company and the other SPN members.

 

Cost of Sales. Our cost of sales includes the cost of raw materials and components for manufacturing laser systems and consists of different electronic and optical components such as optical generators, scan heads, connector assemblies and wires, edge seal and adhesives, junction boxes, and other items, such as raw aluminum and aluminum extrusions, steel for tilt brackets and frames, subassemblies, miscellaneous materials, chemicals, support and low cost common parts and components, like tie wraps, insulating tape, shrink wraps, terminals, etc. We are vertically integrated and currently manufacture all critical components for our products as well as assemble finished products. Our cost of sales also includes direct labor, manufacturing overhead (such as engineering labor), equipment maintenance, quality and production control, procurement costs, and warranty costs. Cost of sales does not include depreciation of manufacturing plant and equipment, nor does it include facility-related expenses (such as rent and utilities).

 

Overall, we expect our cost of goods sold to continue to decrease over the next several years due to an increase in worldwide capacity in fiber laser parts and components, and availability of optical generators, an increase in unit output per production line, and more efficient absorption of fixed costs driven by economies of scale. This expected decrease in cost for laser technology would be partially offset during periods in which we underutilize manufacturing capacity.

 

Sales and marketing. Our sales and marketing expense consists primarily of costs related to compensation, trade shows, professional and technical conferences, travel, facilities, depreciation of equipment used for demonstration purposes and other marketing costs.

 

Selling, general, and administrative Expenses. Our general and administrative expense consists primarily of compensation and associated costs for executive management, sales and marketing personnel, outside legal and professional fees, insurance premiums and fees, allocated facilities costs, and other corporate expenses such as charges and benefits related to the change in allowance for doubtful debt.

 

Gross margin. Our total gross margin in any period can be significantly affected by total net sales in any period, by competitive factors, by product mix, and by other factors such as changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. Dollar, some of which are not under our control. Gross margin is affected by numerous factors, including our module average selling prices, foreign exchange rates, the existence and effectiveness of subsidies and other economic incentives, competitive pressures, market demand, market mix, our manufacturing costs, product development costs, the effective utilization of our production facilities, and the ramp of production on new products.

 

Research and development expenses. Our research and development expense consists primarily of compensation, development expenses related to the design of our products and certain components, the cost of materials and components to build prototype devices for testing and facilities costs. Costs related to product development are recorded as research and development expenses in the period in which they are incurred. We acquire equipment for general use in further process developments and record the depreciation of this equipment as research and development expense.

 

 

We plan to continue to invest in research and development to improve our existing products and develop new systems and applications technology. We maintain a number of programs and activities to improve our technology and processes in order to enhance the performance and reduce the costs of our laser cleaning modules.

 

Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized, is incurred on various debt financings. We capitalize interest expense into our property, plant and equipment, project assets, and deferred project costs when such costs qualify for interest capitalization.

 

Factors and Trends That Affect Our Operations and Financial Results

 

In reading our financial statements, you should be aware of the following factors and trends that our management believes are important in understanding our financial performance.

 

Net sales. Net sales generated in 2023 were fairly level across all four quarters, driven by the constant demand for our products in spite of the economic downturn. Sales were unaffected by market pricing pressures, due to our lower prices, quality control, and proprietary knowhow as compared to other laser cleaning companies with competing technologies.[UPDATE]

 

Gross margin. Our total gross margin in any period can be significantly affected by total net sales in any period, by competitive factors such as product mix, and by other factors, some of which are not under our control. For instance, the gross margin for certain specialty products may be higher because there are fewer or sometimes no equivalent competing products. Further, we expect that some new technologies, products and systems will have returns above our cost of capital but may have gross margins below our corporate average.

 

Selling, general, and administrative expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and other personnel-related costs, professional fees, insurance costs, travel expenses and other selling expenses. We expect selling expenses to increase in the near term to support the planned growth of our business as we expand our sales and marketing efforts.

 

Research and development expenses. Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and personnel-related costs, the cost of products, materials, and outside services used in our process and product research and development activities. We acquire equipment for general use in further process developments and record the depreciation of this equipment as research and development expense. We maintain a number of programs and activities to improve our technology and processes to enhance the performance and reduce the costs of our cleaning laser modules.

 

Goodwill and long-lived assets impairments. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment is measured by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from use of the assets and their ultimate disposition. In instances where impairment is determined to exist, the Company will write down the asset to its fair value based on the present value of estimated future cash flows.

 

Major customers. While we would expect to depend on current customers for a large percentage of our annual net sales, the composition of this group can change from year to year. Net sales derived from our current customers as a percentage of our annual net sales were 21.54% in 2023. New customers accounted for 78.46% of our net sales in 2023. We seek to add new customers and to expand our relationships with existing customers.

 

Relationship with distributors. All orders received on revolving bases in accordance with LPC standard Terms and Conditions of Sale. Orders are not cancelable. Orders typically consist of multiple units. Payment terms ate typically Net 120 days from transferring the ownership of equipment to Distributor. Revenue recognized on a “piece by piece” equipment bases after appropriate transfer equipment ownership to Distributor. Payments are made by Distributor to The Company when Distributor collects funds from their regional customers, or then they have funds availability to reduce the outstanding balance. Company allocates payments in accordance with LPC Accounting practices. Detailed aging is accounted in MRP system – DBA Manufacturing keeping records of all equipment units ever manufactured with coordinating serial numbers. Higher level account related data with payment history is recorded in Company’s Quick Books Accounting software.

 

 

Distributor Discounts. Distributors and representatives earn various rebates and discounts based on purchase volume commitments and the achievement of certain performance KPIs. The company estimates the amount of discounts based on historical volumes, geographical market, end customer buying potential, and the ordered equipment amount. The company also utilizes various programs to offer volume cash discounts, first customer discounts, or reimburse distributors for certain expenses, mainly associated with warranty, transportation costs, and inventory interest costs incurred by the distributor for limited periods of time, generally up to eighteen months.

 

Repurchase policy. LPC Operational Management regular conducts evaluation of unsold equipment in Distributors possession and determined what particular units cannot be sold anymore because of the moral aging. However after the manufacturing upgrade it can be added back to the finished goods inventory and sold as a current model. Company can elect to purchase back the above unit at 75% of its value, upgrade hardware and software, and add equipment to the Finished Goods Inventory available for sale. Repurchase records can be viewed in Repurchase History Records folder.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net sales and expenses

 

Our financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods.

 

We regularly evaluate the accounting policies and estimates that we use to prepare our financial statements. In general, management’s estimates are based on historical experience, and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the facts and circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates made by management. These estimates are based on management’s historical industry experience and not the company’s historical experience.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Under Topic 606, an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of Topic 606, the entity performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of Topic 606, we assess the goods or services promised within each contract and determine those that are performance obligations and assess whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.

 

 

Revenue is then recognized for the amount of the transaction price allocated to each respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied. For our products, revenue is generally recognized on a free on board origin (FOB Origin) basis. This means that revenue is recognized when our products have been manufactured, crated, and placed in the collection warehouse for customer pick-up in accordance with the Customer Quote and Company Terms and Conditions of Sale. At this stage, the title on the manufactured equipment is transferred to the customer, and the customer is responsible for transportation expenses, insurance, and any transport-related damage to the equipment in transit. We do not hold any obligations to deliver beyond the collection warehouse, and it is the customers’ contractual responsibility to ensure their goods reach their final destination.

 

Refunds and returns, which are minimal, are recorded as a reduction of revenue. Payments received from customers before satisfying the above criteria are recorded as unearned income on the combined balance sheets.

Payments received as deposits for specific purchase orders or future laser equipment sales to customers are recognized as customer deposits and included in liabilities on the balance sheet. Customer deposits are recognized as revenue when control over the ordered equipment is transferred to the customer.

 

All revenues are reported net of any sales discounts or taxes.

 

Other Revenue Recognition Matters related to Distributors

 

Distributors generally have no right to return unsold equipment. However, in limited circumstances, if the company determines that distributor stock is morally aging beyond the company’s new model releases, it may accept returns and provide the distributor with credit against their trading account at the company’s discretion under its warranty policy. This situation may also arise if the business climate suddenly changes in the distributor’s country of operation, and the company determines that older and aged equipment can no longer be sold in a specific geographical area, requiring equipment stock to be upgraded to modern models and capabilities. The company may also be obligated, in the event of default by a distributor, to accept returns of unsold laser equipment under its repurchase commitment to equipment financing providers or directly to the distributor. The repurchase commitment is on an individual piece of equipment basis with a term from the date it is financed by the lending institution through the payment date by the distributor, generally not exceeding 36 months.

 

The company has excluded sales and other taxes assessed by a governmental authority in connection with revenue-producing activities from the determination of the transaction price for all contracts. The company has not adjusted net sales for the effects of significant repurchase financing activity (e.g., customer default with a financial institution, repurchasing, or warranty replacement) because the period between the transfer of the equipment title and the customer’s payment may exceed 24 months of the equipment warranty period and occur within the maturity of the equipment financial agreement between the customer or distributor and the financial institution.

 

Inventory. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market value. Inventory includes parts and components that may be specialized in nature and subject to rapid obsolescence. We maintain a reserve for excess or obsolete inventory items. Inventories are written off and charged to cost of goods sold when identified as excess or obsolete. If future sales differ from these forecasts, the valuation of excess and obsolete inventory may change, and additional inventory provisions may be required. Because of our vertical integration, a significant or sudden decrease in sales could result in a significant change in the estimates of excess or obsolete inventory valuation. On December 31, 2023, we recorded an adjustment of $ 24,216.00 for obsolescence.

 

Warranty. We maintain an accrual for warranty claims for units sold that are subject to warranty.

 

 

Investments in SPN: The Company started the Service Partners Network, (or SPN), as a program to mobilize demonstration units as an outreach to better connect the customers with the technology and product. In efforts to help those interested in starting a mobile laser cleaning service or rental service as a member of our Service Partners Network, Company may elect to enter into Co-Investment relationships with potential SPN Partner. Those co-Investments will be recorded in Investment in SPN” Account

 

Income Taxes and Deferred Taxes. Our annual tax rate is based on our income, statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. The net operating loss reported in 2023 will be carried forward to subsequent periods. No deferred tax asset has been recorded.

 

Goodwill and Long-lived assets impairments. We review our intangible assets and property, plant and equipment for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually. We perform our annual goodwill impairment review as of the first day of our fourth quarter, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of an intangible is less than the carrying amount.

 

Results of Operations

 

Summary of Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2023				2022
Statement of operations data:
Net Sales		$	3,939,473			$	3,894,901
Cost of Sales		$	1,041,697			$	1,954,328
Gross Profit		$	2,897,776			$	1,940,573
Operating Expenses		$	6,246,011			$	4,017,379
Income (Loss) from Operations		$	(3,348,235	))		$	(2,076,807	)
Interest Expense		$				$	24,426
Other (Income) Expense			30,063				7,169
Income Tax Provision		$	-			$	-
Net Income (Loss)		$	(3,318,172	))		$	(2,094,064	)
Income (Loss) per Common Share		$	(0.37	))		$	(0.37	)

 

Revenue

 

		Jan - Dec 23				Jan - Dec 22				% Change
Sales
Product Sales		$	4,520,892			$	3,860,922				17.09	%
Sales Discounts		$	(581,419	)		$	(123,850	)			369.46	%
Net Sales		$	3,939,473			$	3,737,073				5.42	%

 

Gross Product Sales was $4,520,892 for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to $3,860,922 for the comparable year ended December 31, 2022, representing a 17.09% increase. We derive gross sales primarily from the growth was driven by increasing demand for our products, partially offset by declines in average sales prices, the introduction of new products, including laser blasting systems and the development of new applications for our products. Our sales typically are made on a purchase order basis rather than through long-term purchase commitments. We entered into laser equipment sales agreements with customers for specific equipment based on purchase orders and our standard terms and conditions of sale. Our largest sales were to USSO COM in the amount of $316,000 for the year ended December 31, 2023. However, sales discounts applied in 2023 in the amount of $581.000 in comparison to $123.850 in 2022 reflects the fact of stronger completion on the market and a need for a price adjustment. The net revenue was increased accordingly by $202,400 or 5.4% in the year of 2023 in comparison to 2022.

 

 

Sales Pipeline

 

Our Sales Pipeline at the year end of December 31, 2023 has reached $25,5M in industrial products and $25,2M in Military and Government sales what can support the revenue for up to $10M a year.

 

Gross Profit

 

For the year ended December 31, 2023, we reported gross profit in the amount of $2,897,776, or 73.6% of net sales, as compared to $1,947,741 or 50% net sales, in the year ended December 31, 2022. Gross profit is affected by numerous factors, including our module average selling prices, foreign exchange rates, the existence and effectiveness of subsidies and other economic incentives, competitive pressures, market demand, market mix, our manufacturing costs, product development costs, the effective utilization of our production facilities, and the ramp-up of production on new products. Our cost of sales includes the cost of raw materials and components for manufacturing laser systems. We are vertically integrated and currently manufacture all critical components for our products as well as assemble finished products. Our cost of sales also includes direct labor for manufacturing, and manufacturing overhead such as engineering, equipment maintenance, quality and production control, and procurement costs. Cost of sales does not include depreciation of manufacturing plant and equipment and facility-related expenses.

 

Overall, we expect our cost of sales to continue to decrease over the next several years due to an increase in worldwide capacity in fiber laser parts and components, and availability of optical generators, an increase in unit output per production line, and more efficient absorption of fixed costs driven by economies of scale. This expected decrease in cost for laser technology would be partially offset during periods in which we underutilize manufacturing capacity.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023, were $ 6,246,011 as compared to $ 4,017,379 for the year ended December 31, 2022, representing an increase of $ 2,228,632. The following table summarizes the significant changes in operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2023				2022
Operating Expenses:
Sales & Marketing		$	1,996,363			$	1,677,976
General & Administrative			1,902,760				894,521
Depreciation & Amortization			523,380				437,832
Payroll Expenses			1,400,951				887,852
Other Expense			220,298				18,397
Research and Development Cost		$	202,259			$	100,801
Total Operating Expenses		$	6,246,011			$	4,017,379

 

We expect recurring selling expenses to increase in the near term to support the planned growth of our business as we expand our sales and marketing efforts. In the future, we expect selling, general, and administrative expenses to decline as a percentage of net sales, as our net sales grow beyond the fixed costs of the business.

 

 

Net Loss (Income)

 

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2023, was $ 3,765,933, compared to $ 2, 094,064 for the year ended December 31, 2022. We have spent much of the last two years assembling people and equipment necessary to increase sales and production levels. While our revenue levels increased, our expenses also increased. That coupled with the additional expenses associated with being a public company and our research and development efforts for our new generation of laser blasting equipment, resulted in a net loss for 2023. With these investments, we are building the foundation for our future, not only for our laser blasters, but also for the expansion of our laser equipment for material processing product offering. We continue to deal with the fallout of the global pandemic, as well as the impact of additional costs of growth, but are encouraged by our continued increase in revenue. Basic and dilutive loss per share of common stock increased for the year ended December 31, 2023, to ($0.37) compared to ($0.37) for the year ended December 31, 2022.

 

Inflation did not have a material impact on our operations for the applicable period. Other than the foregoing, management knows of no trends, demands, or uncertainties that are reasonably likely to have a material impact on our results of operations.

 

Net Income/Loss per Share

 

Basic earnings/loss per share is calculated by dividing the loss attributable to stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding for the period. Diluted loss per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that shared in our earnings (loss). Diluted earnings/(loss) per share is computed by dividing the earnings/loss available to stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period and dilutive potential shares outstanding unless such dilutive potential shares would result in anti-dilution.

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2023				2022
Net Income/(Loss)		$	(3,318,171	))		$	(2,094,064.37	)
Net Income/(Loss) per Share		$	(0.37	))		$	(0.37	)
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding, Basic			8,934,035				5,687,049

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The following is a summary of the Company’s cash flows provided by (used in) operating, investing, and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

		Year ended December 31
		2023				2022
Net cash provided by Operating Activities		$	(5,470,618	))		$	(63,376	)
Net cash provided by Investing Activities			(484,805	))			(689,250	)
Net cash provided by Financing Activities		$	(25,240	))		$	12,318,676
Net cash increase for period		$	(5,980,663	))		$	11,566,050
Cash at the beginning of period		$	12,181,799			$	615,749
Cash at end of period		$	6,201,136			$	12,181,799

 

 

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $ 9,334,504 in current assets, comprised of $ 6,201,137 in cash, $ 816,364 in accounts receivable, and $ 2,237,456 in inventory, as compared to $ 13,721,708 in current assets, comprised of $ 12,181,799 in cash, $ 421,362 in accounts receivable, and $ 1,046,020 in inventory, at December 31, 2022.

 

As of December 31, 2023, current liabilities totaled $ 1,031,844 as compared to $ 964,326 as of December 31, 2022. As a result, as of December 31, 2023, the Company had $ 8,262,303 in total working capital as compared to $ 12,757,182 at December 31, 2022.

 

		Year Ended December 31
		2023				2022
Cash And Cash Equivalents		$	6,201,137			$	12,181,799
Working Capital (excluding cash and cash equivalents)		$	2,061,166			$	575,383
Total Working Capital		$	8,262,303			$	12,757,182

 

We anticipate spending an additional $3M over the next 2 years, to increase our sales and marketing efforts, as well as to increase our manufacturing capacity. While doing so, we expect to return to profitability in 2024. Therefore, we anticipate minimal long-term liquidity needs to support our organic growth, which we expect to achieve using the proceeds of our recent IPO, exclusively.

 

We must fulfill all of the financial disclosure and reporting requirements of a publicly reporting company. Our management must spend additional time on policies and procedures to ensure compliance with various regulatory requirements, especially that of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The additional corporate governance time required of management could limit the amount of attention management can afford to our business plan, and therefore may delay our anticipated growth plans. Over the next 12 months, we anticipate the marginal cost of being a public company to exceed $750,000.

 

Lease Liability

 

In October 2021, a lease on 18,000 SF facility was signed with the landlord for three years, terminating on October 31, 2024. The monthly rent for this facility is currently $15,549.

 

In December 2022, we entered into an agreement with 2701 Maitland Building Associates to rent 8,000 sf of additional office space nearby the main facility, for our growing sales and marketing program. The monthly rent for this space is currently $14,805.

 

As of January 1, 2020, we adopted ASU 2016-02 employing the cumulative-effect adjustment transition method, resulting in the recognition on our balance sheet of $597,143 as a right-of-use asset for operating leases, $434,153 as a current operating lease liability, and $ 162,990 as a lease liability less the current portion.

 

 

The maturity amounts of our lease liabilities are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,		Operating Leases
2024		$	434,153
2025		$	162,990
Total		$	597,143

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of December 31, 2032, we have not entered any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources and would be considered material to investors.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We expect from time to time to be the subject of various claims, lawsuits and other legal and administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. As of the date of this report we have not subject to any legal threats, proceedings or lawsuits of any nature.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net sales and expenses.

 

Our financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods.

 

We regularly evaluate the accounting policies and estimates that we use to prepare our financial statements. In general, management’s estimates are based on historical experience, and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the facts and circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates made by management. These estimates are based on management’s historical industry experience and not our historical experience.

 

Revenue Recognition- Under Topic 606, an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of Topic 606, the entity performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. We only apply the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of Topic 606, we assess the goods or services promised within each contract and determine those that are performance obligations and assess whether each promised good or service is distinct. We then recognize as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied. Refunds and returns, which are minimal, are recorded as a reduction of revenue. Payments received by customers prior to our satisfying the above criteria are recorded as unearned income in the combined balance sheets. All revenues were reported net of any sales discounts or taxes.

 

 

Inventory — Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market value. Inventory includes parts and components that may be specialized in nature and subject to rapid obsolescence. We maintain a reserve for excess or obsolete inventory items. Inventories are written off and charged to cost of goods sold when identified as excess or obsolete. If future sales differ from these forecasts, the valuation of excess and obsolete inventory may change and additional inventory provisions may be required. Because of our vertical integration, a significant or sudden decrease in sales could result in a significant change in the estimates of excess or obsolete inventory valuation. On December 31, 2022, we recorded $101,698 in Inventory Obsolescence.

 

Warranty — We maintain an accrual for warranty claims for units sold that are subject to warranty.

 

Income Taxes and Deferred Taxes — Our annual tax rate is based on our income, statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in the various jurisdictions in which we operate.

 

Goodwill and Long-lived assets impairments. We review our intangible assets and property, plant and equipment for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment at least annually. We perform our annual goodwill impairment review as of the first day of our fourth quarter, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying amount.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

The Company evaluates all Accounting Standard Updates (“ASUs”) issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) for consideration of their applicability. ASUs not included in our disclosures were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. The guidance removes certain exceptions for recognizing deferred taxes for equity method investments, performing intra period allocation, and calculating income taxes in interim periods. The ASU also adds guidance to reduce complexity in certain areas, including recognizing deferred taxes for goodwill and allocating taxes to members of a consolidated group, among others. The guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption of this standard is permitted, including adoption in interim or annual periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued. The transition requirements are dependent upon each amendment within this update and will be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. We are currently reviewing the provisions of this ASU to determine if there will be any impact on our results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”), which is intended to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements to enable users of financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. ASU No. 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements was issued by the FASB in July 2018 and allows for a cumulative-effect adjustment transition method of adoption. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those years.

 

 

We adopted ASU 2016-02 effective as of January 1, 2020 utilizing the cumulative-effect adjustment transition method of adoption, which resulted in the recognition on our balance sheet of $282,565 of right-of-use assets for operating leases.

 

The adoption of ASU 2016-02 also required us to include any initial direct costs, which are incremental costs that would not have been incurred had the lease not been obtained, in the right-of-use assets. The recognition of these costs in connection with our adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

In June 2014, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-10, “Development Stage Entities (Topic 915): Elimination of Certain Financial Reporting Requirements, Including an Amendment to Variable Interest Entities Guidance in Topic 810, Consolidation”. The update removes all incremental financial reporting requirements from GAAP for development stage entities, including the removal of Topic 915 from the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. In addition, the update adds an example disclosure in Risks and Uncertainties (Topic 275) to illustrate one way that an entity that has not begun planned principal operations could provide information about the risks and uncertainties related to our current activities. Furthermore, the update removes an exception provided to development stage entities in Consolidations (Topic 810) for determining whether an entity is a variable interest entity-which may change the consolidation analysis, consolidation decision, and disclosure requirements for a company that has an interest in a company in the development stage. The update is effective for the annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014, including interim periods therein. Early application with the first annual reporting period or interim period for which the entity’s financial statements have not yet been issued (Public business entities) or made available for issuance (other entities). We adopted this pronouncement commencing with the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

We have not utilized any derivative financial instruments such as futures contracts, options and swaps, forward foreign exchange contracts or interest rate swaps and futures. We believe that adequate controls are in place to monitor any hedging activities. We do not have any borrowings and, consequently, we are not affected by changes in market interest rates. We do not currently have any sales or own assets and operate facilities in countries outside the United States and, consequently, we are not affected by foreign currency fluctuations or exchange rate changes. Overall, we believe that our exposure to interest rate risk and foreign currency exchange rate changes is not material to our financial condition or results of operations.

 

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID:5525)		F-1
Balance Sheets as of December 31 2023 and 2022		F-2
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022		F-3
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (deficit) for the years ended December 31 2023 and 2022		F-4
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31 2023 and 2022		F-5
Notes to Financial Statements		F-6

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Laser Photonics Corporation

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Laser Photonics Corporation (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As discussed in Note 7 to the financial statements, the financial statements have been revised to incorporate changes related to the correction of an error.

 

Going Concern

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has history of net losses and accumulated deficits. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Critical Audit Matters

 

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

 

Revenue Recognition – Refer to Note 2 to the financial statements

 

Description of the Critical Audit Matter

 

The Company has material revenue with a revenue recognition policy in which determining when the performance obligation has been settled and obtaining appropriate and sufficient audit evidence took significant audit effort.

 

How the Critical Audit Matter was Addressed in the Audit

 

	●	Reviewed the Company’s assessment of its revenue recognition policy, independently assessing the Company’s conclusion that it is consistent with the principles of ASC 606: Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Traced significant considerations through to the Company’s disclosure of its related accounting policy.
	●	Testing of a sample of revenue transactions, including sending confirmations, encompassing transactions near year end, to determine the product has been shipped and recorded in the appropriate period.

 

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts – Refer to Note 2 to the financial statements

 

Description of the Critical Audit Matter

 

The Company has material accounts receivable for which assessing the potential collectability of accounts may include subjective and potentially complex considerations from management, as well as requiring high degrees of auditor judgment to assess the appropriateness of the audit evidence to support the Company’s assessment.

 

How the Critical Audit Matter was Addressed in the Audit

 

	●	Tested subsequent collections for a selection of accounts receivable balances, including both material and immaterial account balances at year end.
	●	Confirmed a selection of accounts receivable, including immaterial balances, to determine the completeness and accuracy of accounts receivable balances.

 

 

Fruci & Associates II, PLLC – PCAOB ID #05525

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2023.

Spokane, Washington

 

April 16, 2024, except for certain items disclosed in Note 7, as to which the date is August 27, 2024.

 

 

LASER PHOTONICS CORPORATION. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023, and 2022

 

		2023				2022
		Year Ended December 31,
		2023 (Restated)				2022 (Restated)
Assets
Current Assets:
Cash and Cash Equivalents		$	6,201,137			$	12,181,799
Accounts Receivable, Net			816,364				421,362
Inventory			2,237,456				1,046,020
Other Assets		$	39,190			$	72,527
Total Current Assets		$	9,294,147			$	13,721,708
Property, Plant, & Equipment, Net		$	952,811			$	1,090,556
Intangible Assets, Net			4,279,986				2,939,041
Operating Lease Right-of-Use Asset		$	597,143			$	832,072
Total Assets		$	15,124,087			$	18,583,377
Liabilities & Stockholders’ Equity
Current Liabilities:
Accounts Payable		$	223,040			$	190,387
Deferred Revenue			213,114				-
Current Portion of Operating Lease			434,152				344,510
Accrued Expenses		$	161,538			$	429,429
Total Current Liabilities		$	1,031,844			$	964,326
Long Term Liabilities:
Lease liability - less current		$	162,991			$	487,562
Total Long Term Liabilities		$	162,991			$	487,562
Total Liabilities		$	1,194,835			$	1,451,888
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 3)		$	-			$	-
Stockholders’ Equity:
Preferred stock Par value $0.001: 10,000,000 shares authorized. 0 Issued: 0 shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2022, and 2023		$	-			$	-
Common Stock Par Value $0.001: 100,000,000 shares authorized; 9,253,419 and 7,878,419 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.			92,533			$	78,783
Additional Paid in Capital			19,097,445				18,140,520
Shares to be issued			-				829,500
Retained Earnings (Deficit)			(5,235,486	)			(1,917,315	)
Treasury Stock		$	25,240			$	-
Total Stockholders’ Equity		$	13,929,252			$	17,131,488
Total Liabilities & Stockholders’ Equity		$	15,124,087			$	18,583,376

 

 

LASER PHOTONICS CORPORATION. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2022

 

		2023				2022
		Year Ended December 31,
		2023 (Restated)				2022 (Restated)
Net Sales		$	3,939,473			$	3,894,901
Cost of Sales			1,041,697				1,954,328
Other Income		$	-			$	7,169
Gross Profit		$	2,897,776			$	1,947,741
Operating Expenses:							$
Sales & Marketing		$	1,996,363			$	1,677,976
General & Administrative			1,902,760				894,521
Depreciation & Amortization			523,380				437,832
Payroll Expenses			1,400,951				887,852
Other Expense			220,298				18,397
Research and Development Cost		$	202,259			$	100,801
Total Operating Expenses		$	6,246,011			$	4,017,379
Operating Income (Loss)		$	(3,348,234	)		$	(2,069,638	)
Other Income (Expenses):
Interest Expense		$	-			$	(24,426	)
Total Other Income		$	30,063			$	-
Income (Loss) Before Tax		$	(3,318,171	)		$	(2,094,064	)
Tax Provision						$	0
Net Income (Loss)		$	(3,318,171	)		$	(2,094,064	)
Income (Loss) per Share:
Basic		$	(0.37	)		$	(0.37	)
Fully Diluted		$	(0.37	)		$	(0.37	)
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding			8,934,035				5,687,049

 

 

LASER PHOTONICS CORPORATION. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2023 (Restated), and 2022 (Restated)

 

		Preferred Stock								Common Stock								Shares to be issued.								Treasury				Additional				Accumulated				Accumulated				Stockholders’
		Shares				Amount				Shares				Amount				Shares				Amount				Stock				Paid-in Capital				Gain/ Deficit				Comprehensive loss				Equity/ (Deficit)
		#				$				#				$				#				$				$				$				$				$				$
As at December 31, 2021			-				-				4,878,419				4,878				-								-				5,286,737				176,749				-				5,468,364
Net profit			-				-								-								-				-				-				(2,094,064	)			-				(2,094,064	)
IPO											3,000,000				3,000																12,924,688												12,927,688
Stock Issued for services																			350,000				829,500																				829,500
Distributions to affiliate
Stock issued for compensation
Stock issued for compensation, shares
As at December 31, 2022			-								7,878,419				7,878				350,000				829,500				-				18,211,425				(1,917,314	)			-				17,131,488
Balance			-								7,878,419				7,878				350,000				829,500				-				18,211,425				(1,917,314	)			-				17,131,488
Net loss							-								-								-				-				-				(3,318,171	)			-				(3,318,171	)
Net Income loss							-								-								-				-				-				(3,318,171	)			-				(3,318,171	)
Stock Issued for services											350,000				350								(829,500	)			(25,240	)			829,150												(25,240	)
Stock Issued for License Agreement											1,000,000				1,000																1,209,000												1,210,000
Distributions to affiliate																															(1,214,325	)											(1,214,325	)
Stock issued for compensation											25,000				25																145,475												145,500
As at December 31, 2023			-								9,253,419				9,253				-				-				(25,240	)			19,180,725				(5,235,485	)			-				13,929,252
Balance			-								9,253,419				9,253				-				-				(25,240	)			19,180,725				(5,235,485	)			-				13,929,252

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements F-4

 

 

LASER PHOTONICS CORPORATION. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

LASER PHOTONICS CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

DECEMBER 31,2023 AND DECEMBER 31,2022

 

		2023				2022
		Year Ended December 31,
		2023 (Restated)				2022 (Restated)
Cash Flows From:
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income (Loss)		$	(3,318,171	)			(2,094,064	)
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
Shares issued on conversion of debt		$	-				-
Shares to be issued as consideration for services
Shares issued for compensation			145,550
Distribution to affiliate			(1,214,325	)
Depreciation & Amortization			523,380
Net Change, Right-of-Use Asset & Liabilities		$	(31,775	)
Accounts Receivable		$	(395,002	)
Inventory			(1,191,437	)			744,932
Prepaids & Other Current Assets			32,910				(54,722	)
Stock Account			-				-
Accounts Payable			32,653				84,894
Accrued Expenses			(267,464	)			391,218
21030 Deferred Revenue			213,114				(91,775	)
Net Cash From (Used In) Operating Activities		$	(5,470,567	)			(63,376	)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of Equipment		$	(76,686	)			(689,250	)
Affiliate companies			-				-
Purchase of R&D Equipment			-				-
Demonstration Equipment			-				-
Purchase of Intangible Assets			(408,169	)			-
Net Cash From (Used In) Investing Activities		$	(484,855	)			(689,250	)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from (Repayment of) Notes			-				(261,684	)
Proceeds from (Repayment of) PPP Loan							(317,328	)
Dividends Paid							-
Proceeds from Sale of Common Stock			(25,240	)			12,897,688
Net Cash From (Used In) Financing Activities		$	(25,240	)			12,318,676
Net Cash Flow for Period		$	(5,980,662	)			11,566,050
Cash - Beginning of Period		$	12,181,799				615,749
Cash - End of Period		$	6,201,137				12,181,799
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Share issued for purchase of license		$	1,210,000				-
SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash Received / Paid During the Period for:
Income Taxes		$	-				(109,496	)
Interest		$	39,509				(24,426	)
Cash Received / Paid During the Period for:
Income Taxes		$	-				(109,496	)
Interest		$	39,509				(24,426	)

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DECEMBER 31, 2022, and 2023

 

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

Laser Photonics Corporation (the “Company”) was formed under the laws of Wyoming on November 8, 2019, and changed its domicile to Delaware on March 5, 2020. The Company is a vertically integrated manufacturing company for photonics based industrial products and solutions, primarily disruptive laser cleaning technologies. Its vertically integrated operations allow us to reduce development and advanced laser equipment manufacturing time, offer better prices, control quality, and protect our proprietary knowhow and technology compared to other laser cleaning companies and companies with competing technologies.

 

Going Concern

 

The Company has not earned sufficient revenue since inception and has sustained operating losses during the year ended December 31, 2023 mainly due to investments in its sales and marketing departments. The Company had sufficient working capital as of December 31, 2023. However, the Company’s continuation as a going concern is dependent on its ability to generate additional cash flows from operations to meet its obligations and/or obtaining additional financing, as may be required. There is substantial doubt of the ability of the Company to continueais a going concern.

 

The Company’s accounting year end is December 31.

 

Restatement of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Upon reaudit of 2022 financial statement certain previously reported items have to be restated. Specifically, Revenue and AR previously reported were determined to not be recognizable according to provision ASC606. Additionally, Liability for stock to be issued was determined to not be a liability upon reaudit of financials.

 

Note 1. Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements

(In Millions)

 SCHEDULE OF RESTATEMENT OF RECONCILIATION

(In Millions)						Restatement
Balance Sheet		As Filed				Adjustments				As Restated
Assets
Cash and cash equivalent		$	12,182			$	0			$	12,182
Accounts receivable, net		$	1,347			$	-926			$	421
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		$	0			$	0			$	0
Inventory		$	1,693			$	-647			$	1,046
Other Assets		$	72			$	0			$	72
Total current assets		$	15,294			$	-1,575			$	13,721
PP&E		$	1,091			$	0			$	1,091
Intangible Assets Net		$	2,939			$	0			$	2,939
Operating Lease Right of Use Asset		$	832			$	0			$	832
Total assets		$	20,156			$	-1,575			$	18,583
Liabilities
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable		$	190			$	0			$	190
Deferred revenue		$	0			$	0			$	0
Current Portion of Operating Lease		$	345			$	0			$	345
Accrued expenses		$	351			$	78			$	429
Total current liabilities		$	886			$	78			$	964
Long Term Liabilities		$				$	0			$	0
Lease Liability less current		$	488			$	0			$	488
Total Long Term liabilities		$	488			$	0			$	488
Total Liabilitiy		$	1,374			$	78			$	1,452
Stockholders’ Equity		$					0				0
Preferred Stock		$	0			$	0			$	0
Common Stock		$	8			$	0			$	8
Shares to be issued		$	829			$	0			$	829
Additional paid-in capital		$	18,211			$	0			$	18,211
Retained Earnings		$	-720			$	-1,197			$	-1,917
Total stockholders’ equity		$	18,328			$	-360			$	17,131
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity		$	19,702			$	-282			$	18,583

 

F-6

Table Of Contents

 

(In Millions)						Restatement
Statement of operations		As Filed				Adjustments				As Restated
Net Sales		$	4,955			$	-1,061			$	3,894
Other income		$	-			$	7			$	7
Cost of Sales		$	2,088			$	-134			$	1,954
Gross Profit		$	2,867			$	-920			$	1,947
Operating Expenses:		$				$				$
Sales & Marketing		$	1,678			$	0			$	1,678
General & Administrative		$	1,823			$	-929			$	894
Depreciation & Amortization		$	345			$	94			$	438
Payroll Expenses		$	811			$	78			$	889
Total other Income Expense		$	18			$	-			$	18
Research & Development		$	100			$	-			$	100
Total Operating Expenses		$	4,775			$	-757			$	4,017
Operating Income (Loss)		$	-1,908			$	-163			$	-2,070
Interest Expense		$	-25			$	0			$	-25
Income (Loss) Before Tax		$	-1,933			$	-163			$	-2,095
Onter income		$	7			$	-7			$	0
Net Income (Loss)		$	-1,926			$	-170			$	-2,095
Income (Loss) per Share
Basic		$	-0.18			$	-0.17			$	-0.35
Diluted		$	-0.18			$	-0.09			$	-0.35

 

						Restatement
(In Millions)		As Filed				Adjustments				As Restated
Statement of cash flows
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income (Loss)		$	-1,926			$	-170				-2,095
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
Shares to be issued as consideration for services		$	0			$	829				829
Depreciation & Amortization		$	345			$	93				438
Lease liability - less current		$	0			$	0				0
Operating lease right-of-use		$	0			$	0				0
Net Change, Right-of-Use Asset & Liabilities		$	0			$	0				0
Change in Operating Assets & Liabilities:		$				$	0				0
Accounts Receivable		$	1,263			$	-1,574				-311
Inventory		$	97			$	648				745
Prepaids & Other Current Assets		$	77			$	-132				-55
Stock Account		$	0			$	0				0
Accounts Payable		$	77			$	8				85
Accrued Expenses		$	1,181			$	-790				391
21030 Deferred Revenue		$	0			$	-92				-92
24240 Lease liability Current Portion		$	0			$	173				173
Net Cash From (Used In) Operating Activities		$	-737			$	673				-64
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of Equipment		$	0			$	-689				-689
Leasehold improvements		$	-17			$	17				0
Affiliate companies		$	0			$	-4				-4
Purchase of R&D Equipment		$	0			$	0				0
Demonstration Equipment		$	0			$	0				0
Purchase of Intangible Assets		$	-1			$	1				0
Net Cash From (Used In) Investing Activities		$	-46			$	-647				-693
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from (Repayment of) Notes		$	-262			$	0				-262
Proceeds from (Repayment of) PPP Loan		$	-317			$	0				-317
Dividends Paid		$	0			$	0				0
Proceeds from Sale of Common Stock		$	12,927			$	-30				12,897
Net Cash From (Used In) Financing Activities		$	12,348			$	-782				11,566
Net Cash Flow for Period		$	11,566			$	0				11,566
Cash - Beginning of Period		$	616			$	0				616
Cash - End of Period		$	12,182			$	0				12,182
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES		$	0			$	0				0
Shares issued on conversion of debt		$	0			$	0				0
Shares issued as consideration for services		$	0			$	0				0
Share issued for purchase of license		$	0			$	0				0
SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION		$	0			$	0				0
Cash Received / Paid During the Period for:		$	0			$	0				0
Income Taxes		$	0			$	-109				-109
Interest		$	0			$	-24				-24

 

F-7

Table Of Contents

 

Reclassification of Prior Year Presentation

 

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for consistency with the current year presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on the reported results of operations.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

These financial statements are presented in United States dollars and have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

 

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Our significant estimates and assumptions include depreciation and the fair value of our stock, stock-based compensation, debt discount and the valuation allowance relating to the Company’s deferred tax assets.

 

Assets

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. Company has $6,000,000 in flexible CD account with Bank of America. The terms on this CD if flexible, there is no fixed maturity day on CD, and funds can be withdrawn at any time without penalty.

 

As of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, the Company had $6,201,137 and $12,181,799 of cash, respectively. We do have bank accounts with exposure $5,951,137 over FDIC insurability of $250,000 as of year-end 2023 and $11,931,799 as of year-end 2022.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

Trade accounts receivable are recorded net of allowance for expected uncollectible accounts. The Company extends credit to its customers in the normal course of business and performs on-going credit evaluations of its customers. All accounts, or portions thereof, that are deemed uncollectible are written off to bad debt expense, as incurred. As of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, the Company’s ledger had $ 816,364 and $ 421,362, respectively as a balance for collectible accounts. Allowance and amount recognized as bad debt for 2022 is $18,397 for 2023 is $216,083. In 2023 The Company implemented processes to be in compliance with ASC326. (See Note 2 – Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements).

 

For the reporting periods of year ending December 31 2022 and for year ending December 31 2023 there were no customers whose Account Receivables were greater than 10% of the total amount of AR.

 

Advertising Expenses

 

Marketing, advertising and promotion expenditures are expensed in the annual period in which the expenditure is incurred.

 

Research & Development Expenses

 

Research & Development expenditures are expensed in the annual period in which the expenditure is incurred.

 

F-8

Table Of Contents

 

Stock Based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for stock-based payments in accordance with the provision of ASC 718, which requires that all share-based payments issued to acquire goods or services, including grants of employee stock options, be recognized in the statement of operations based on their fair values, net of estimated forfeitures. ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Compensation expense related to share-based awards is recognized over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.

 

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards issued to non-employees for services, as prescribed by ASC 718-10, at either the fair value of the services rendered or the instruments issued in exchange for such services, whichever is more readily determinable. The Company issues compensatory shares for services including, but not limited to, executive, management, accounting, operations, corporate communication, financial and administrative consulting services.

 

Lease Accounting

 

The Company leases office space and the production facility under operating lease agreements. The lease term begins on the date of initial possession of the leased property for purposes of recognizing lease expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease renewal periods are considered on a lease-by-lease basis and are generally not included in the initial lease term.

 

Inventory

 

Inventories are stated at a lower cost or net realizable value using the first-in first-out (FIFO) method. The Company has four principal categories of inventory:

 

Sales demonstration inventory-Sales demonstration inventory represents completed product used to support the Company’s sales force for demonstrations and held for sale. Sales demonstration inventory is held in the Company’s demo facilities or by its sales representatives for up to three years, at which time it would be refurbished and transferred to finished goods as used equipment, stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company expects these refurbished units to remain in finished goods inventory and sold within 12 months at prices that produce reduced gross margins.

 

Equipment parts inventory- This inventory represents components and raw materials that are currently in the process of being converted to a certifiable lot of saleable products through the manufacturing and/or equipment assembly process. Inventories include parts and components that may be specialized in nature and subject to rapid obsolescence. The Company periodically reviews the quantities and carrying values of inventories to assess whether the inventories are recoverable. Because of the Company’s vertical integration, a significant or sudden decrease in sales activity could result in a significant change in the estimates of excess or obsolete inventory valuation. The costs associated with provisions for excess quantities, technological obsolescence, or component rejections are charged to cost of sales as incurred.

 

Work in process inventory-Work in process inventory consists of inventory that is partially manufactured or not fully assembled as of the date of these financial statements. This equipment, machines, parts, frames, lasers and assemblies are items not ready for use or resale. Costs are accumulated as work in process until sales ready items are compete when it is moved to finished goods inventory. Amounts in this account represent items at various stages of completion at the Registration date. Types of costs allocated to WIP include only cost of materials and finished goods inventory used to manufacture specific product.

 

F-9

Table Of Contents

 

Finished goods inventory- Finished goods inventory consists of purchased inventory that was fully manufactured, assembled or in salable condition. Finished goods inventory is comprised of items that are complete and ready for commercial application without further cost other than delivery and setup. Finished goods inventory includes demo and other equipment, lasers, software, machines, parts or assemblies.

 

On December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively, the Company’s inventory consisted of the following:

 SCHEDULE OF INVENTORY

Inventory			Dec 31, 23				Dec 31, 22
Equipment Parts Inventory		$	862,941			$	759,930
Finished Goods Inventory			992,744				254,656
Sales Demo Inventory			162,958				0
Work in process Inventory			243,029				31,434
Inventory Reserve		$	(24,216	)		$
Total Inventory		$	2,237,456			$	1,046,020

 

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market value. Inventory includes parts and components that may be specialized in nature and subject to rapid obsolescence. Company maintains a reserve for excess or obsolete inventory items. Inventories are written off and charged to the cost of goods sold when identified as excess or obsolete. If future sales differ from these forecasts, the valuation of excess and obsolete inventory may change, and additional inventory provisions may be required. Because of our vertical integration, a significant or sudden decrease in sales could result in a significant change in the estimates of excess or obsolete inventory valuation.

 

On December 31, 2023, the Company recorded $24,216 in inventory obsolescence reserve in comparison to a markdown of $101,698 in the prior year. It was determined there was no further reserve required for the year ended December 31 2022.

 

Fixed Assets- Plant Machinery and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized and minor replacements, maintenance, and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When property and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations for the respective period.

 

Machinery and Equipment

 

Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method for financial statement purposes. The Company will use other depreciation methods (generally accelerated) for tax purposes where appropriate. The estimated useful lives for significant property and equipment categories are as follows:

 SCHEDULE OF ESTIMATED USEFUL LIVES FOR SIGNIFICANT PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Category		Economic Useful Life
Office furniture and fixtures		3-5 years
Machinery and equipment		5-7 years
Intangible Assets		15 years

 

F-10

Table Of Contents

 SCHEDULE OF FIXED ASSETS

Fixed Assets			2023				2022
		31-Dec
Fixed Assets			2023				2022
Accumulated Depreciation		$	(729,956	)		$	(483,800	)
Machinery & Equipment			796,783				797,695
Office Furniture & Computer Equipment			77,487				80,909
Vehicles			90,959				9,989
R&D Equipment			37,973				37,973
Leasehold improvements			31,775				-
Demonstration equipment		$	647,790			$	647,790
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross		$	647,790			$	647,790
Total Fixed Assets		$	952,811			$	1,090,556

 

As of December 31, 2023, the Company recorded $ 952,811 of capital assets net of depreciation in comparison to $1,090,556 recorded on December 31, 2022. Accordingly, depreciation in 2023 was recorded at $267,381in comparison to $204,733in 2022. Updating table for 15 years, Depreciation expense coming from team

 

Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets consist primarily of capitalized equipment design documentation, software costs for equipment manufactured for sale, research, and development, as well as certain patent, trademark and license costs. Capitalized software and equipment design documentation development costs are recorded in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 985 “Software” with costs amortized using the straight-line method over a ten-year period. Patent, trademark and license costs are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of 15 years. On an ongoing basis, management reviews the valuation of intangible assets to determine if there has been impairment by comparing the related assets’ carrying value to the undiscounted estimated future cash flows and/or operating income from related operations.

 

The Company’s intangible assets are deemed to have indefinite lives and, accordingly, are not amortized, but are evaluated for impairment at least annually, but more often whenever changes in facts and circumstances occur which may indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

 

The Company employs various core technologies across many different product families and applications in an effort to maximize the impact of our research and development costs and increase economies of scale and to leverage its technology-specific expertise across multiple product platforms. The technologies inherent in its laser equipment products include application documentation, proprietary and custom software developed for operation of its equipment, specific knowledge of supply chain and, mostly important, equipment design documentation, consisting of 3D engineering drawings, bills of materials, wiring diagrams, parts AutoCad drawings, software architecture documentation, etc. Intangible assets were received from a related party, ICT Investments, and therefore transferred and booked by Laser Photonics Corp. at their historical cost.

 

As of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, the Company had $4,279,986 and $2,939,041, respectively of intangible property. Amortization expense for the year ended December 31 2022 was $233,099 and for the year ended December 31 2023 was $255,999.

 SCHEDULE OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible Assets			2023				2022
		December 31st
Intangible Assets			2023				2022
Accumulated Amortization		$	(725,228	)		$	(469,229	)
Customer Relationships			211,000				211,000
Equipment Design Documentation			2,675,000				2,675,000
Operational Software & Website			339,539				305,470
Trademarks			216,800				216,800
License & Patents		$	1,562,875			$	-
Intangible Assets, Gross		$	1,562,875			$	-
Total Intangible Assets		$	4,279,986			$	2,939,041

 

F-11

Table Of Contents

 

Long- Lived Assets

 

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment is measured by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from use of the assets and their ultimate disposition. In instances where impairment is determined to exist, the Company writes down the asset to its fair value based on the present value of estimated future cash flows.

 

Sales Tax Liability

 

Sales tax liability is created when the Company sells equipment and services to another entity located in the State of Florida. Currently the sales tax rate in the Company’s County of business is 6.5%. As of December 31, 2023, we had $106 sales tax liability as compared to $0 recorded on December 31, 2022.

 

Accounts Payable

 

Accounts payable consist of short-term liability to our vendors and sub-contractors, who extend credit terms to the Company or deliver goods or services with delayed payment terms. As of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, our accounts payable were recorded at $223,040 and $190,387, respectively.

 

Deferred Revenue

 

Deferred Revenue is primarily comprised of products that have been made available to key distributors that has not been sold. As of December 31, 2023 the Company had $ 213,114, and December 31, 2022 the Company’s deferred revenue liabilities were recorded at zero.

 

As of December 31, 2023, there were no loan balances owed by the Company.

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment is measured by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from use of the assets and their ultimate disposition. In instances where impairment is determined to exist, the Company writes down the asset to its fair value based on the present value of estimated future cash flows.

 

Earnings/(Loss) per Share

 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing the earnings/(loss) attributable to stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings/(loss) per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that shared in the earnings/(loss) of the Company. Diluted earnings/(loss) per share is computed by dividing the earnings/(loss) available to stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period and dilutive potential shares outstanding unless such dilutive potential shares would result in anti-dilution. There were 180,000 warrants for shares available to potentially issued at the end of 2023 and 25,000 options on December 31 of 2022.

 

F-12

Table Of Contents

 

On December 31, 2023, the Company recorded a $0.37 diluted loss per share, as compared to a $0.37 diluted loss per share on December 31, 2022.

 

Relationship with distributors:

 

All orders received on a revolving basis in accordance with LPC standard Terms and Conditions of Sale. Orders are not cancelable. Orders typically consist of multiple units. Payment terms ate typically Net 120 days from transferring the ownership of equipment to Distributor. Revenue recognized on a “piece by piece” equipment bases after appropriate transfer equipment ownership to Distributor. Payments are made by Distributor to The Company when Distributor collects funds from their regional customers, or then they have funds availability to reduce the outstanding balance. The company allocates payments in accordance with LPC Accounting practices. Detailed aging is accounted in MRP system – DBA Manufacturing keeping records of all equipment units ever manufactured with coordinating serial numbers. Higher level account related data with payment history is recorded in the Company’s Quick Books Accounting software.

 

Distributor Discounts

 

Distributors and representatives earn various rebates and discounts based on purchase volume commitments and the achievement of certain performance KPIs. The company estimates the number of discounts based on historical volumes, geographical market, end customer buying potential, and the ordered equipment amount. The company also utilizes various programs to offer volume cash discounts, first customer discounts, or reimburse distributors for certain expenses, mainly associated with warranty, transportation costs, and inventory interest costs incurred by the distributor for limited periods of time, generally up to eighteen months.

 

Revenue Recognition Policy

 

Under Topic 606, an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of Topic 606, the entity performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of Topic 606, we assess the goods or services promised within each contract and determine those that are performance obligations and assess whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.

 

Revenue is then recognized for the transaction price allocated to each respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied. For our products, revenue is generally recognized on a free on-board origin (FOB Origin) basis. This means that revenue is recognized when our products have been manufactured, crated, and placed in the collection warehouse for customer pick-up in accordance with the Customer Quote and Company Terms and Conditions of Sale. Our manufacturing process is controlled by a Manufacturing Resource Planning (MRP) software - DBA Manufacturing, and fulfilled and closed Job order triggering the product readiness to be transferred to the customer. At that stage we fulfill all our obligations, as per our Terms and Conditions of sale, inform Customer by email or phone that his product order is ready for the scheduled pickup, and transfer the title on the manufactured equipment to the customer, and the customer is responsible for transportation expenses, insurance, and any transport-related damage to the equipment in transit. We do not hold any obligation to deliver beyond the collection warehouse, and it is the customers’ contractual responsibility to ensure their goods reach their destination.

 

For the year ending December 31 2022 there two customers 2 customers totaling 12% whose revenue was more than 10% and for the year ending December 31 2023 reporting period there were no customers whose revenue was more than 10% of the total revenue.

 

F-13

Table Of Contents

 

Payments received as deposits for specific purchase orders or future laser equipment sales to customers are recognized as customer deposits and included in liabilities on the balance sheet. Customer deposits are recognized as revenue when control over the ordered equipment is transferred to the customer.

 

Refunds and returns, which are minimal, are recorded as a reduction of revenue. Payments received from customers before satisfying the above criteria are recorded as unearned income on the balance sheet.

 

All revenues are reported in net of any sales discounts or taxes.

 

For the year ending December 31 2022 there was one customer – Perimmo, whos revenue was more than 10% ($388,045) and for the year ending December 31 2023 reporting period there were no customers whose revenue was more than 10% of the total revenue.

 

Other Distributor related Revenue Recognition Matters

 

Distributors generally have no right to return unsold equipment. However, in limited circumstances, if the company determines that distributor stock is morally aging beyond the company’s new model releases, it may accept returns and provide the distributor with credit against their trading account at the company’s discretion under its warranty policy. This revenue is recognized on a consignment basis and transfer of control is when item is sold to end customer at which time the company recognizes revenue.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The Company applies the accounting guidance under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 820-10, “Fair Value Measurements”, as well as certain related FASB staff positions. This guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact business and considers assumptions that marketplace participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of nonperformance.

 

The guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy for measurements of fair value as follows:

 

☐	Level 1 -	quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
☐	Level 2 -	inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
☐	Level 3 -	unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

The carrying amount of the Company’s financial instruments approximates their fair value as of December 31, 2022 and 2023, due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

F-14

Table Of Contents

 

Income Taxes.

 

Under ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.

 

Provisions for income taxes are based on taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred income taxes. Deferred income taxes are provided on differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements and on tax carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the financial statements at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. A valuation allowance is provided against deferred income tax assets when it is not more likely than not that the deferred income tax assets will be realized.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2023 there were no deferred taxes due to the uncertainty of the realization of net operating loss or carry forward prior to expiration.

 

The provision for income taxes is calculated at a US corporate tax rate of approximately 21% (2022: 21%) as follows:

 SCHEDULE OF INCOME TAXES

		2023				2022
		$				$
Expected income tax (expense) recovery from net (income) loss			790,846				439,754
Tax effect of expenses not deductible for income tax:
Annual effect of book/tax differences			3,765,932				2,094,064
Change in the valuation allowance			(4,586,841	)			(2,533,818	)

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by FASB or other standard setting bodies that are adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date.

 

ASU 2016-13 Current Expected Credit Loss (ASC326)

 

In December 2021, the FASB issued an update to ASU No. 2016-13 the Current Expected Credit Losses (CECL) standard (ASC 326), which is designed to provide greater transparency and understanding of credit risk by incorporating estimated, forward-looking data when measuring lifetime Estimated Credit Losses (ECL) and requires enhanced financial statement disclosures. This guidance was adopted on January 1, 2023, As s a result Allowance and amount recorded for the year 2022 and 2023 is $18,397 and $216,083 accordingly.

 

The Company evaluates all Accounting Standard Updates (“ASUs”) issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) for consideration of their applicability. ASUs not included in our disclosures were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

F-15

Table Of Contents

 

NOTE 3 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS –

 

ICT Investments owns 4,688,695 shares of the Company’s common stock. Prior to the closing of the Company’s IPO on October 4, 2022, this represented 96.1% of the total shares outstanding. As of December 31, 2022, ICT Investments owns 59.5% of the total shares outstanding. Dmitriy Nikitin is the Managing Partner of ICT Investments and has controlled the Company since its inception. As of the end of 2023 the % is 58.7.%

 

Since the date of incorporation on November 8, 2019, the Company has engaged in the following transactions with our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of its voting securities, and affiliates or immediately family members of its directors, executive officers, and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and its co-founders. The Company believes that all these transactions were on terms as favorable as could have been obtained from unrelated third parties.

 

In October 2020, the Company issued a promissory note 2 to ICT Investments in the principal amount of $745,438 bearing 6% annual interest with a maturity date of December 31, 2023. This Note was paid in full as of December 31, 2022.

 

In September 2022, the Company issued a promissory note to ICT Investments in the principal amount of $100,000 bearing 10% annual interest with a maturity date of September 29, 2023. This note was paid in full as of December 31, 2022.

 

In April 2023, company issued former CFO 25,000 shares upon departure from the Company.

 

In October 2023 were issued and transferred 1,000,000 shares to Fonon Technologies Incorporated. In addition, PPE including a Printer, working van, and computer and furniture of $254,327.84 and $900,000 of services were transferred to Fonon in support of this transaction. The total amount of $1,240,000 was distributed in the Equity statement.

 

During the years ending December 31, 2023, and 2022, the Company paid $108,268 and $133,212, respectively, to Dmitriy Nikitin for advisory fees and allowances. During the years ending December 31, 2023, and 2022, the Company paid $92,526 and $86,914 to ICT Investments for accounting services and SEC filing related work, accordingly.

 

During the year ending December 31, 2022, the Company paid $86,460 to ICT Investments for product components and raw materials.

 

NOTE 4 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY/DEFICIT

 

General

 

The following description of our securities and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws that will be in effect on the closing of this offering. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the Shares, and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will be in effect on the closing of this offering.

 

Preferred Stock

 

	●	Par value: $0.001
	●	Authorized: 10,000,000
	●	Issued: There were no preferred shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2023

 

Common Stock

 

	●	Par value: $0.001
	●	Authorized: 100,000,000
	●	Issued: 7,878,417 shares are outstanding as at December 31, 2022 and 9,253,417 as of December 31, 2023

 

F-16

Table Of Contents

 

On February 2^nd 2024 17,000 Shares of Common stock were issued to Jade Barnwell, the former Laser Photonics CFO, under the terms of employment.

 

Warrants

 

As of December 31 2023 there were 180,000 Warrants Outstanding

 

Options

 

As of December 31 2023 there were no Options Issued or Outstanding

 

Preferred Stock

 

Shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series as may be determined by the board of directors. The board of directors may fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof without any further vote or action by the stockholders of the Company, except that no holder of preferred stock shall have pre-emptive rights. Any shares of preferred stock so issued would typically have priority over the common stock concerning dividend or liquidation rights. The board of directors does not at present intend to seek stockholder approval prior to any issuance of currently authorized stock unless otherwise required by law.

 

Common Stock

 

Holders of shares of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders. Holders of common stock do not have cumulative voting rights.

 

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratable in dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors in its discretion from funds legally available therefore.

 

Holders of common stock have no pre-emptive rights to purchase the Company’s common stock. There are no conversion or redemption rights or sinking fund provisions with respect to the common stock. The Company may issue additional shares of common stock which could dilute its current shareholder’s share value.

 

2023

 

During the quarter ended June 30, 2023, the Company issued 350,000 shares of common stock were issued as compensation for services to TraDigital. These were recorded at a fair value based on the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of the agreement.

 

During the quarter ended June 30, 2023, the Company issued 25,000 shares of common stock were issued as compensation for services to Company former Vice President of Finance Tim Schick. These were recorded at a fair value based on the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of the agreement.

 

During the quarter ended December 31, 2023, the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock as consideration of the license agreement granted by Fonon Technologies, Inc. These were recorded at a fair value based on the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of the agreement.

 

F-17

Table Of Contents

 

2022

 

During the quarter ended December 31, 2022, the Company issued 3,000,000 shares of common stock as a public float resalted from Company IPO. These were recorded as a paid in capital of the Company’s stock on the date of IPO..

 

As of December 31, 2023, and 2022, Stockholders’ Equity was $13,929,252 and $17,131,488, respectively.

 

Treasury Stock repurchase

 

In October 2023 there were 24,937 shares of treasury stock repurchased totaling $33,560 for the stocks with an additional service charge expense of $250 for a total cost of $33,810

 

Warrants

 

On December 12, 2022: 180,000 warrants were issued to the following members of Alexander Capital, the Underwriter of the IPO. The warrants are exercisable at $6.00 per share, between March 28, 2023, and September 29, 2027:

 

SCHEDULE OF WARRANTS

		Execution price				Amount				Total value
Warrants as at December 31, 2022		$	6				180,000				1,080,000
Issued							-
Expired							-
Warrants as at December 31, 2023		$	6				180,000				1,080,000

 

There has been no activity as of the end of December 31, 2023

 

NOTE 5 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

In October 2021, a lease on 18,000 SF facility was signed with the landlord for three years, terminating on October 31, 2024. The monthly rent for this facility is currently $15,109. The Company entered into a lease for additional 8000 SF of office space adjacent to the original facility for an additional $10,000/ month in October 2023. The combined expense monthly expense is $25,109

 

In December 2022, we entered into an agreement with 2701 Maitland Building Associates to rent 8,000 sf of additional office space nearby the main facility, for our growing sales and marketing program. The monthly rent for this space is currently $14,805.

 

As of January 1, 2020, we adopted ASU 2016-02 employing the cumulative-effect adjustment transition method, resulting in the recognition on our balance sheet of $597,143 as a right-of-use asset for operating leases, $434,153 as a current operating lease liability, and $ 162,990 as a lease liability less the current portion.

 

The maturity amounts of our lease liabilities are as follows:

 SCHEDULE OF MATURITY OF LEASE LIABILITIES 

Year ending December 31,		Operating Leases
2024		$	434,153
2025		$	162,990
Total		$	597,143

 

F-18

Table Of Contents

 

NOTE 6 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company’s management has evaluated subsequent events up to April 15, 2024, the date the financial statements were issued, pursuant to the requirements of ASC 855 and has the following events to report.

 

On February 2^nd 2024 17,000 Shares of Common stock were issued to Jade Barnwell, the former Laser Photonics CFO, under the terms of employment.

 

Note 7 – Restatement of Financials 2023

NOTE 7 – RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIALS 2023

 

As a result of the Company’s predecessor auditor, Fruci & Associates II, PLLC (“Fruci”), identifying an adjusting entry that Fruci had proposed and that was posted by the Company that overstated deferred revenue and needed to be corrected.

 

SCHEDULE OF RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIALS

						Restatement
Balance Sheet		As Filed				Adjustments				As Restated
Assets
Cash and cash equivalent		$	6,201,137			$	0			$	6,201,137
Accounts receivable, net		$	816,364			$	0			$	816,364
Inventory		$	2,277,816			$	-40,360			$	2,237,456
Other Assets		$	39,190			$	0			$	39,190
Total current assets		$	9,334,507			$	0			$	9,294,147
PP&E		$	952,811			$	0			$	952,811
Intangible Assets Net		$	4,279,986			$	0			$	4,279,986
Operating Lease Right of Use Asset		$	597,143			$	0			$	597,143
Total assets		$	15,164,447			$	-40,360			$	15,124,087
Liabilities
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable		$	223,040			$	0			$	223,040
Deferred revenue		$	701,234			$	-488,120			$	213,114
Current Portion of Operating Lease		$	434,152			$	0			$	434,152
Accrued expenses		$	161,538			$	0			$	161,538
Total current liabilities		$	1,519,964			$	-488,120			$	1,031,844
Total Long Term liabilities		$	162,991			$	0			$	162,991
Total Liability		$	1,682,955			$	-488,120			$	1,194,835
Total stockholders’ equity		$	13,481,492			$	447,761			$	13,929,252
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity		$	15,164,447			$	-40,359			$	15,124,087

 

						Restatement
Statement of operations		As Filed				Adjustments				As Restated
Net Sales		$	3,939,474			$	0			$	3,939,473
Cost of Sales		$	1,489,457			$	-447,761			$	1,041,697
Gross Profit		$	2,450,017			$	447,761			$	2,897,776
Operating Expenses:		$	6,246,011			$	0			$	6,246,011
Operating Income		$	-3,795,994				447,760				-3,348,234
Onter income		$	30,063			$	0			$	30,063
Net Income (Loss)		$	-3,765,932			$	447,761			$	-3,318,171
Income (Loss) per Share
Basic		$	-0.42			$	0.05			$	-0.37
Diluted		$	-0.42			$	0.05			$	-0.37

 

F-19

Table Of Contents

 

						Restatement
		As Filed				Adjustments				As Restated
Cash Flows From:
OPERATING ACTIVITIES		$
Net Income (Loss)		$	-3,765,932			$	447,761				-3,318,171
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
Shares issued on conversion of debt		$	0			$	0				-
Shares to be issued as consideration for services		$	-			$	0				-
Shares issued for compensation		$	145,550			$	0				145,550
Distribution to affiliate		$	-1,214,325			$	0				-1,214,325
Depreciation & Amortization		$	523,380			$	0				523,380
Net Change, Right-of-Use Asset & Liabilities		$	-31,775			$	0				-31,775
Accounts Receivable		$	-395,002			$	0				-395,002
Inventory		$	-1,231,796			$	40,359				-1,191,437
Prepaids & Other Current Assets		$	32,910			$	0				32,910
Stock Account		$	-			$	-				-
Accounts Payable		$	32,653			$	0				32,653
Accrued Expenses		$	-267,464			$	0				-267,464
21030 Deferred Revenue		$	701,234			$	-488,120				213,114
Net Cash From (Used In) Operating Activities		$	-5,470,618			$	51				-5,470,567
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of Equipment		$	-76,636			$	-50				-76,686
Affiliate companies		$	-			$	0				-
Purchase of R&D Equipment		$	-			$	0				-
Demonstration Equipment		$	-			$	0				0
Purchase of Intangible Assets		$	-408,169			$	0				-408,169
Net Cash From (Used In) Investing Activities		$	-484,805			$	-50				-484,855
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from (Repayment of) Notes			-				-				-
Proceeds from (Repayment of) PPP Loan
Dividends Paid		$	-			$	-				-
Proceeds from Sale of Common Stock		$	-25,240			$	0				-25,240
Net Cash From (Used In) Financing Activities		$	-25,240			$	0				-25,240
Net Cash Flow for Period		$	-5,980,663			$	-1				-5,980,662
Cash - Beginning of Period		$	12,181,799			$	0				12,181,799
Cash - End of Period		$	6,201,136			$	-1				6,201,137
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Share issued for purchase of license		$	1,210,000			$	0				1,210,000
SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash Received / Paid During the Period for:
Income Taxes		$	-			$	-				-
Interest		$	39,509			$	0				39,509

 

 

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a−15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded as of December 31, 2023 that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as the information required to be disclosed in the Company’s United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Based on its evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission as of December 31, 2021, the Company’s management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that its internal controls over financial reporting were not effective as of December 31, 2023.

 

Material weaknesses were identified during the audit time period are tied to:

 

	●	overall internal controls over financial reporting;
	●	revenue recognition and supporting documentation;
	●	accounts payable and other liabilities;
	●	allowance on accounts receivable procedures; and
	●	equity transactions

 

To address these issues Management will develop a plan to improve overall controls and procedures in each of these respective areas.

 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by our registered public accounting firm pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, which permanently exempts non-accelerated filers from complying with Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

Attached as exhibits to this Form 10-K are certifications of Laser Photonics’ Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Principal Financial Officer (“CFO”), which are required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). This “Controls and Procedures” section includes information concerning the controls and controls evaluation referred to in the certifications.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

None

 

ITEM 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

 

None.

 

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth information for our executive officers and directors as of April 15, 2024.

 

Name		Age		Position
Wayne Tupuola		63		President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
				Marketing Director
Arnold Bykov		88		Chief Design Engineer
Shara Pathak		44		Director
Troy Parkos		52		Director
Carlos M. Gonzalez		77		Director
Gennady Korotkov		67		Vice President of Operations
Igor Vodopiyanov		63		Vice President, R&D and Product Development

 

Wayne Tupuola is President, Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of the Board. Mr. Tupuola joined an affiliate of ICT Investments as Vice President of Operations in January 2007 and joined us in November 2019. From January 2014 to May 2015, he was acting as an Industrial Consultant for Florida high tech companies. He brought experience based on 15 successful years of C-level management capacity in manufacturing operations, and more than 24 years hands-on experience in the semiconductor, aerospace, food & beverage and commercial industries, including: Sumitomo Corp, the world’s second-largest wafer manufacturer in the semiconductor sector; ON Semiconductor Corp, one of the world’s largest semiconductor component companies; and Thermo-Electron, one of the world’s leading analytical instruments, lab equipment, and industrial equipment manufacturers. From September 2015 to December 2015, he was a Director and Vice President of Operations to an affiliate of Laser Photonics and one of ICT Investment’s portfolio companies, Fonon Corporation. He is currently in charge of all manufacturing and day-to-day business operations of Laser Photonics. Mr. Tupuola is a graduate of the University of Phoenix with a degree in Communications. We believe that his significant management experience with manufacturing operations makes him qualified to be a member of our Board of Directors.

 

Shara Pathak became a member of our Board of Directors upon our registration statement on SEC Form S-1 being declared effective on September 29, 2022. Since September 1977, Ms. Pathak has been President of Price Chopper Inc., a company involved in the manufacturing and sale on a global basis of wristbands for a variety of businesses and industries. Since January 2020 Ms. Pathak has also served as President of Tap N Go LLC, a software development providing in-house software solutions, hardware and RFID credentials for access control, cashless transactions and data collection at entertainment venues such as amusement parks, fairs and concert halls. Ms. Pathak received her undergraduate degree in Economics from the University of Western Ontario in Canada, her degree in Business Administration from Valencia College and her Bachelor of Science degree in Marketing from the University of Central Florida. We believe that Ms. Pathak is qualified to be a member of our Board of Directors on the basis of her substantial domestic and international business experience which will be important to us as we expand our global business.

 

Troy Parkos has been a member of the Board since August 15, 2023. Since June 1994, Mr. Parkos has been employed by Fastenal Company, a global distributor of wide-ranging industrial and construction products having annual sales in 2022 of approximately $7 billion. Mr. Parkos started his career at Fastenal Company as a sales representative from 1994 to 1997, becoming a Regional Sales Consultant Manager from 1997 to 2007, a District Manager from 2007 to 2018 and, since 2018, Vice President overseeing approximately 1,000 employees throughout the United States. Mr. Parkos has expertise in industrial sales, operations, and supply chain management, including partnering with Federal Government prime and DOD contractors and dealing with MRO and OEM manufacturers. Mr. Parkos graduated Magna Cum Laude from the University of Wisconsin with a Bachelor of Science in Industrial Technology Management in May 1994. Laser Photonics believes that the expertise that Mr. Parkos has with the procurement processes and supply chains of Fastenal Company’s customer base and experience in managing a large sales force will be valuable to it as it expands its sales.

 

 

Carlos M. Gonzalez has been a member of the Board since February 6, 2024. Since August 2013, Mr. Gonzalez has served as Managing Director of Global Pangermex, LLC, a distributor of chemicals for the treatment of fruits and commercial seafood on a global basis, including through access to financial services such as insurance and financing. Mr. Gonzalez concurrently from October 2013 to July 2017 served as the International Trade Finance & Business Development Director for Unified Energy Solutions, Inc., a company assisting medium to large users of energy with the planning, including financing products and services, to provide economically feasible alternative green energy sources of energy using only quality U.S. or European made products. From April 2009 to September 2013, Mr. Gonzalez was the Business Development Director of Sfinkx Corporation, a manufacturer of high-tech industrial laser equipment and photovoltaic energy-generating equipment. Mr. Gonzalez previously held for over 25 years several executive officer positions with large and medium-sized banks, including Wells Fargo, SunTrust Bank, Banco Popular North America, and Fifth Third Bank. Mr. Gonzalez was an Adjunct Professor of Finance at the University of Central Florida, School of Business Administration, from 1988 to 1995. Mr. Gonzalez received his B.S. degree in Business Administration from Portland State University with a minor in Finance and Marketing. His professional education includes the U.S. Army Command and General Staff College and the Florida Bankers Association’s International Banking School. He is a Vietnam and Operation Desert Storm veteran, received the U.S. Army Bronze Star Medal, and retired with the rank of Major.

 

Arnold Bykov joined us in November 2019 as Chief Design Engineer. For the last 25 years, Mr. Bykov has been working in the photonics industry, primarily with ICT Investments and affiliated companies, including being appointed Director and Chief Design Engineer of Fonon Corporation from September 2015 to December 2015, where he developed laser systems for material processing and worked as a design and project engineer supervising design teams. Mr. Bykov is currently responsible for the industrial design and technological process of our laser cleaning technology. Mr. Bykov has devoted 20 years of his engineering career in the development of industrial equipment for high-tech industries. The majority of those developments were prepared for laser cutting technology related products through his work with a team of other ICT engineers during the last 15 years and directly for ICT Investments for the past five years. Mr. Bykov received a number of state awards and certificates of invention for the development of laser cutting technology. He graduated from Minsk Polytechnic University in 1966. We believe that the expertise that Arnold Bykov has in industrial design and engineering makes him a valuable resource of knowledge and qualifies him to be a member of the Board. Mr. Bykov will resign as a member of our Board of Directors at the time this registration statement is declared effective.

 

Igor Vodopiyanov, PhD, is the Senior Research & Development (R&D) Engineer at Laser Photonics. Dr. Vodopiyanov served as a Research Scientist at Florida Institute of Technology before joining the Laser Photonics R&D team in 2017 as a Subject Matter Expert in the tuning and calibration of laser systems for material processing. Dr. Vodopiyanov conducted research in Particle Physics within CMS (Compact Muon Solenoid) Collaboration at the CERN Large Hadron Collider in Switzerland and managed the Hadron Calorimeter Calibration and Condition Group of the CMS Collaboration, which included the calibration and alignment of Forward Tracking Chambers of CERN’s L3 detector. Dr. Vodopiyanov also carried out research in Particle Physics within L3 Collaboration at the CERN Electron-Positron Collider at Petersburg Nuclear Physics Institute. He earned a Master of Science degree from the M. I. Kalinin Leningrad Polytechnic Institute in Saint Petersburg, Russia, and a PhD in Physics and Mathematics from the V.G. Khlopin Radium Institute in Saint Petersburg, Russia. Dr. Vodopiyanov has over 250 publications to his credit, and he is a Professional Member of the Sigma Pi Sigma honor society within the American Institute of Physics.

 

Board Composition and Election of Directors

 

Our Board of Directors is currently authorized to have five members. In accordance with the terms of our current certificate of incorporation and bylaws, the term of office of each director expires at our annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

 

Director Independence

 

We are a “controlled company” under the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules, but we have not exempted ourselves from the requirement to have independent directors and independent compensation and nomination committees. Currently we have three members of our Board of Directors who are independent as defined under Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. Shara Pathak, Troy Parkos and and Carlos M. Gonzalez are all members of our audit committee, our corporate governance and nominating committee and compensation committee in accordance with the Nasdaq listing rules that require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and corporate governance and nominating committees be independent.

 

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

 

Director Compensation

 

2023 Director Compensation

 

Cash Compensation

 

All non-employee directors are entitled to receive the following cash compensation for their services:

 

●

$30,000 per year for service as a board member;

 

All cash payments to non-employee directors who served in the relevant capacity at any point during the immediately preceding prior fiscal quarter will be paid quarterly in arrears. A non-employee director who served in the relevant capacity during only a portion of the prior fiscal quarter will receive a pro-rated payment of the quarterly payment of the applicable cash retainer.

 

Equity Compensation

 

Each non-employee director who served as a director during 2021 received an initial grant of non-qualified stock options under our 2021 Plan to purchase 5,500 shares of our common stock, which options vest pro rata on a monthly basis over a period of twelve months from the grant date, subject to the grantee’s continued service through that date. Each non-employee director who served as a director during 2022 received a grant of non-qualified stock options under our 2021 Plan to purchase 5,500 shares of our common stock, which options vest pro rata on a monthly basis over a period of twelve months from the grant date, subject to the grantee’s continued service through that date.

 

Director Compensation Table

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned for service on our board of directors by our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2023.

 

(a) Name		(b) Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)				(c) Stock Awards ($)				(d) Option Awards(1) ($)				(e) Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)				(f) Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)				(g) All Other Compensation ($)				(h) Total ($)
Shara Pathak			22,500				—								—				—				—				22,500
Troy Parkos			3,750				—								—				—				—				3,750
Carlos Gonzalez							—								—				—				—

 

During 2023, each non-employee member of the Board of Directors received an annual cash fee of $30,000.

 

 

Controlled Company Exemption

 

Fonon Corporation, a Delaware corporation that is owned by ICT Investments, owns a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq’s corporate governance standards. Under these corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including the requirements (1) that a majority of its board of directors consist of independent directors and (2) that its board of directors have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. If we utilized these exemptions you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of these corporate governance requirements. If we cease to be a “controlled company” and our shares continue to be listed on Nasdaq, we will be required to comply with these standards. We have adopted corporate governance standards as though we were not a “controlled company.”

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below.

 

Audit Committee

 

Our audit committee is comprised of Carlos M. Gonzalez, Troy Parkos and Sarah Pathak, each of whom our board has determined is financially literate and qualifies as an independent director under Section 5605(a)(2) and Section 5605(c)(2) of the Nasdaq rules. Mr. Gonzalez is the chairman of our audit committee and he qualifies as an audit committee financial expert, as defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

 

Our audit committee has adopted a written audit committee charter, viewable at https://laserphotonics.com/auditcommittee, that provides that the functions of our audit committee include, among other things:

 

	●	selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;
	●	helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;
	●	discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;
	●	developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;
	●	reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;
	●	reviewing and approving related party transactions;
	●	obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm, at least annually, that describes our internal quality-control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and
	●	approving (or, as permitted, pre-approving) all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

 

 

The Audit Committee has discussed with management and the independent auditor the Company’s annual audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023. The Audit Committee has discussed with Fruci & Associates II, PLLC (“Fruci & Associates”), the Company’s independent auditor for the 2023 fiscal year, matters required to be discussed by the applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the SEC. The Audit Committee has received written disclosures and letters from Fruci & Associates and has discussed their independence from management and the Company. Based upon the reviews and discussions, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the previously mentioned audit financial statements should be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, for filing with the SEC.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Our compensation committee is comprised of Shara Pathak, Troy Parkos and Carlos M. Gonzalez. Our board has determined that each of Ms. Pathak, Mr. Parkos and Mr. Gonzalez qualifies as an independent director under Section 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq rules and as “non-employee director” for purposes of Section 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and does not have a material relationship with us that would affect their ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member, as described in Section 5605(d)(2) of the Nasdaq rules. Ms. Pathak serves as the chairman of our compensation committee.

 

Our compensation committee has adopted a written compensation committee charter, viewable at https://laserphotonics.com/compensationcommittee, that provides that the functions of our compensation committee include, among other things:

 

	●	reviewing and approving, or recommending to our board of directors for approval, the compensation of our executive officers and any compensatory arrangement with our executive officers;
	●	reviewing and recommending to our board of directors for approval the compensation of our directors and any changes to their compensation;
	●	reviewing and approving, or recommending to our board of directors for approval, and administering incentive compensation and equity incentive plans; and
	●	reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees and reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Ms. Pathak, Mr. Parkos and Mr. Gonzalez. Our board has determined that each of Ms. Pathak, Mr. Parkos and Mr. Gonzalez qualifies as an independent director under Section 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq rules. Ms. Pathak is the chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee.

 

 

We have adopted a written nominating and corporate governance committee charter, viewable at https://laserphotonics.com/nominatingandgovernance, that provides that the functions of our nominating and corporate governance committee include, among other things:

 

	●	identifying, evaluating and selecting, or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;
	●	overseeing the evaluation and the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;
	●	considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;
	●	overseeing our corporate governance practices;
	●	contributing to succession planning; and
	●	developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters.

 

Code of Ethics

 

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our officers, directors and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. The full text of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is published in the Investors section of our website at www.laserphotonics.com. We intend to disclose any future amendments to certain provisions of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or waivers of such provisions granted to executive officers and directors, on this website within four business days following the date of any such amendment or waiver.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation Philosophy

 

The following is a discussion and analysis of our underlying our policies and decisions with respect to the compensation of our executive officers and what we believe are the most important factors relevant to an analysis of these policies and decisions. We are currently considered a “smaller reporting company” for purposes of the SEC’s executive compensation disclosure rules. Our only “named executive officers” for 2020 and 2021 were Wayne Tupuola and Tatiana Nikitina. The compensation of our named executive officers and our other current executive officers is based on individual terms approved by our Board of Directors. This section highlights key aspects of our compensation program.

 

Our compensation committee will oversee these compensation policies and, together with our Board of Directors, will periodically evaluate the need for revisions to ensure our compensation program is competitive with the companies with which we compete for executive talent.

 

Objectives and Philosophy of Our Executive Compensation Program

 

The primary objectives of the Board of Directors in designing our executive compensation program are to:

 

	●	attract, retain and motivate experienced and talented executives;
	●	ensure executive compensation is aligned with our corporate strategies, research and development programs and business goals;

 

 

	●	recognize the individual contributions of executives while fostering a shared commitment among executives by aligning their individual goals with our corporate goals;
	●	promote the achievement of key strategic, development and operational performance measures by linking compensation to the achievement of measurable corporate and individual performance goals; and
	●	align the interests of our executives with our stockholders by rewarding performance that leads to the creation of stockholder value.

 

To achieve these objectives in the future, we expect that our Board of Directors and compensation committee will evaluate our executive compensation program with the goal of setting and maintaining compensation at levels that are justifiable based on each executive’s level of experience, performance and responsibility and that the board believes are competitive with those of other companies in our industry and our region that compete with us for executive talent. In addition, we expect that our executive compensation program will tie a substantial portion of each executive’s overall compensation to key strategic, financial and operational goals. We have provided, and expect to continue to provide, a portion of our executive compensation in the form of stock options and restricted stock that vest over time, which we believe helps to retain our executives and aligns their interests with those of our stockholders by allowing them to participate in the longer term success of our company as reflected in stock price appreciation.

 

Use of Compensation Consultants and Market Benchmarking

 

For purposes of determining total compensation and the primary components of compensation for our executive officers in 2020 and 2021, we did not retain the services of a compensation consultant or use survey information or compensation data to engage in benchmarking. In the future, we expect that our compensation committee will consider publicly available compensation data for national and regional companies in the laser cleaning industry to help guide its executive compensation decisions at the time of hiring and for subsequent adjustments in compensation. Even if we retain the services of an independent compensation consultant to provide additional comparative data on executive compensation practices in our industry and to advise on our executive compensation program generally, our Board of Directors and future compensation committee will ultimately make their own decisions about these matters.

 

Beginning in 2024, we expect that our annual cash bonus program will be based upon the achievement of specified annual corporate and individual goals that will be established in advance by our Board of Directors or compensation committee. We expect that our annual cash bonus program will emphasize pay-for-performance and will be intended to closely align executive compensation with achievement of specified operating results as the amount will be calculated on the basis of percentage of corporate goals achieved. The performance goals established by our compensation committee are based on our business strategy and the objective of building stockholder value. We expect that there will be three steps to determine if and the extent to which an annual cash bonus is payable to a named executive officer. First, at the beginning of the year, our compensation committee will determine the target annual cash incentive award for the named executive officer based on a percentage of the officer’s annual base salary for that year. Second, the compensation committee will establish the specific performance goals, including both corporate and individual objectives, that must be met for the officer to receive the award. Third, shortly after the end of the year, the compensation committee will determine the extent to which these performance goals were met and the amount of the award. Our compensation committee works with our chief executive officer to develop corporate and individual goals that they believe can be reasonably achieved with hard work over the course of the year and will target total cash compensation, consisting of base salaries and target annual cash bonuses.

 

Stock-Based Awards

 

Our equity award program is the primary vehicle for offering long-term incentives to our executives. While we do not have any equity ownership guidelines for our executives, we believe that equity grants provide our executives with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture and help to align the interests of our executives and our stockholders. In addition, the vesting feature of our equity awards contributes to executive retention by providing an incentive for our executives to remain in our employ during the vesting period. Currently, our executives are eligible to participate in our 2019 Stock Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2019 Plan. Following the consummation of this offering, our employees and executives will be eligible to receive stock-based awards pursuant to our 2019 Plan. Under our 2019 Plan, executives will be eligible to receive grants of stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock appreciation rights and other stock-based equity awards at the discretion of our Board of Directors.

 

 

Our employee equity awards have typically been in the form of stock options. Because our executives profit from stock options only if our stock price increases relative to the stock option’s exercise price, we believe stock options provide meaningful incentives for our executives to achieve increases in the value of our stock over time. While we currently expect to continue to use stock options as the primary form of equity awards that we grant, we may in the future use alternative forms of equity awards, such as restricted stock and restricted stock units. To date, we have generally used equity awards to compensate our executive officers in the form of initial grants in connection with the commencement of employment. In the future, we also generally plan to grant equity awards on an annual basis to our executive officers. We may also make additional discretionary grants, typically in connection with the promotion of an employee, to reward an employee, for retention purposes or in other circumstances recommended by management.

 

We normally grant stock awards that will vest 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the grant date and with respect to the remaining shares in approximately equal quarterly installments through the fourth anniversary of the grant date. Vesting cease supon termination of employment and exercise rights cease shortly after termination of employment. Prior to the exercise of a stock option, the holder has no rights as a stockholder with respect to the shares subject to such option, including voting rights or the right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents.

 

We have granted, and going forward expect to grant, stock options with exercise prices that are set at no less than the fair value of shares of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by our Board of Directors.

 

Benefits and Other Compensation

 

We believe that establishing competitive benefit packages for our employees is an important factor in attracting and retaining highly qualified personnel. Following the consummation of this offering, we expect to maintain broad-based benefits that are provided to all employees, including health and dental insurance, life and disability insurance, and a 401(k) plan. All of our executives are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, in each case on the same basis as other employees.

 

In certain circumstances, we award cash signing bonuses or may reimburse relocation expenses when executives first join us. Whether a signing bonus is paid or relocation expenses are reimbursed, and the amount of either such benefit, is determined by our Board of Directors on a case-by-case basis based on the specific hiring circumstances and the recommendation of our chief executive officer.

 

Severance and Change in Control Benefits

 

Pursuant to agreements we expect to enter into with certain of our executives, these executives will be entitled to specified benefits in the event of the termination of their employment under specified circumstances, including termination following a change in control of our company.

 

We believe providing these benefits helps us compete for executive talent. Based on the substantial business experience of the members of our Board of Directors, we believe that our severance and change in control benefits are generally in line with severance packages offered to executives by companies at comparable stages of development in our industry and related industries.

 

 

Risk Considerations in Our Compensation Program

 

Our Board of Directors determines with the Company’s management the philosophy and standards on which our compensation plans are implemented across our Company. It is our belief that our compensation programs do not, and in the future will not, encourage inappropriate actions or risk taking by our executive officers. We do not believe that any risks arising from our employee compensation policies and practices are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our company. In addition, we do not believe that the mix and design of the components of our executive compensation program will encourage management to assume excessive risks. We believe that our current business process and planning cycle fosters the behaviors and controls that would mitigate the potential for adverse risk caused by the action of our executives. We believe that the following aspects of our executive compensation program that we plan to implement will mitigate the potential for adverse risk caused by the action of our executives:

 

	●	annual establishment of corporate and individual objectives for our performance-based cash bonus programs for our executive officers, which we expect to be consistent with our annual operating and strategic plans, designed to achieve the proper risk/reward balance and not require excessive risk taking to achieve;
	●	the mix between fixed and variable, annual and long-term and cash and equity compensation, which we expect to be designed to encourage strategies and actions that balance our short-term and long-term best interests; and
	●	equity incentive awards that vest over a period of time, which we believe will encourage executives to take a long-term view of our business.

 

Tax and Accounting Considerations

 

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, generally disallows a tax deduction for compensation in excess of $1,000,000 per person paid to a publicly traded company’s chief executive officer and three other most highly paid officers, other than the chief financial officer.

 

We account for equity compensation paid to our employees in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standard Codification Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, or ASC 718, which requires us to measure and recognize compensation expense in our financial statements for all share-based payments based on an estimate of their fair value over the service period of the award. We record cash compensation as an expense at the time the obligation is accrued.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table reflects compensation paid or awarded to our named executive officers during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

 

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

 

Name and Principal Occupation1		Year				Salary($)				Bonus($)				Stock Awards($)				Option Awards ($)				All Other Compensation ($)				Total($)
Wayne Tupuola,			2023				200,000				0				0				0				9,661				209,661
Chief Executive Officer			2022				88,423				292,500				101,760				0				715				483,398
Jade Barnwell, Former Chief Financial Officer			2023				73,217																				73,217
Peter Evans, Former President of Laser Photonics			2023				40,785
Tim Schick			2023				47.893																120,000				167,893
Tim Schick			2022				36,772				0				10,549				0				20,000				67,321

 

 

Tim Schick entered into a termination of employment agreement with the Company dated March 27, 2023.

 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

 

In July 2022, Tim Schick, CFA, was granted 25,000 Incentive Stock Options with four-year vesting and an exercise price of $5.00. Those options were cancelled in connection with the termination of employment agreement with the Company dated March 27, 2023. There have not been any additional awards under out 2019 Plan.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards

 

There were no outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2023.

 

Clawback Policy

 

In November 2023, our Board of Directors adopted a policy regarding the recovery of erroneously awarded compensation (“Clawback Policy”) in accordance with the applicable rules of Nasdaq and Section 10D and Rule 10D-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In the event we are required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirements under U.S. securities laws or otherwise erroneous data or if we determine there has been a significant misconduct that causes material financial, operational or reputational harm, we shall be entitled to recover a portion or all of any incentive-based compensation, if any, provided to certain executives who, during a three-year period preceding the date on which an accounting restatement is required, received incentive compensation based on the erroneous financial data that exceeds the amount of incentive-based compensation the executive would have received based on the restatement.

 

Our Clawback Policy shall be administered by our Compensation Committee, and the Compensation Committee has the authority, in accordance with the applicable laws, rules and regulations, to interpret and make determinations necessary for the administration of the Clawback Policy, and may forego recovery in certain instances, including if it determines that recovery would be impracticable. The full text of our Clawback Policy is included as Exhibit 97.1 to this annual report.

 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

 

We do not maintain any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

 

Defined Contribution Plan

 

We do not currently have a defined contribution plan.

 

Stock Option and Other Employee Benefit Plans

 

The purpose of the 2019 Plan is to advance the interests of our stockholders by enhancing our ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who are expected to make important contributions and by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and performance-based incentives that are intended to better align the interests of such persons with those of our stockholders.

 

 

2019 Stock Incentive Plan

 

History. On December 2, 2019, the Board of Directors approved and on December 3, 2019, the stockholders approved the 2019 stock incentive plan (the “2019 Plan”) under which employees, officers, directors and consultants are eligible to receive grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SAR”), restricted or unrestricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance awards, other stock-based awards, or any combination of the foregoing. The Plan authorizes up to 10,000,000 shares of our common stock for stock-based awards.

 

Administration. The 2019 Plan is administered by the Board of Directors or the committee or committees as may be appointed by the Board of Directors from time to time (the “Administrator”). The Administrator determines the persons who are to receive awards, the types of awards to be granted, the number of shares subject to each such award and the terms and conditions of such awards. The Administrator also has the authority to interpret the provisions of the 2019 Plan and of any awards granted there under and to modify awards granted under the 2019 Plan. The Administrator may not, however, reduce the price of options or stock appreciation rights issued under the 2019 Plan without prior approval of the Company’s shareholders.

 

Eligibility. The 2019 Plan provides that awards may be granted to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company or of any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company as the Administrator may determine. A person may be granted more than one award under the 2019 Plan.

 

Shares that are subject to issuance upon exercise of an option under the 2019 Plan but cease to be subject to such option for any reason (other than exercise of such option), and shares that are subject to an award granted under the 2019 Plan but are forfeited or repurchased by the Company at the original issue price, or that are subject to an award that terminates without shares being issued, will again be available for grant and issuance under the 2019 Plan.

 

Terms of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. The Administrator determines many of the terms and conditions of each option and SAR granted under the 2019 Plan, including whether the option is to be an incentive stock option or a non-qualified stock option, whether the SAR is a related SAR or a freestanding SAR, the number of shares subject to each option or SAR, and the exercise price of the option and the periods during which the option or SAR may be exercised. Each option and SAR is evidenced by a grant agreement in such form as the Administrator approves and is subject to the following conditions (as described in further detail in the 2019 Plan):

 

Vesting and Exercisability. Options, restricted shares and SARs become vested and exercisable, as applicable, within such periods, or upon such events, as determined by the Administrator in its discretion and as set forth in the related grant agreement. The term of each option is also set by the Administrator. However, a related SAR will be exercisable at the time or times, and only to the extent, that the option is exercisable and will not be transferable except to the extent that the option is transferable. A freestanding SAR will be exercisable as determined by the Administrator but in no event after 10 years from the date of grant.

 

Exercise Price. Each grant agreement states the related option exercise price, which, in the case of SARs, may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s shares of common stock on the date of the grant. The exercise price of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of shares of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

 

Method of Exercise. The option exercise price is typically payable in cash, common stock or a combination of cash of common stock, as determined by the Administrator, but may also be payable, at the discretion of the Administrator, in a number of other forms of consideration.

 

 

Recapitalization; Change of Control.The number of shares subject to any award, and the number of shares issuable under the 2019 Plan, are subject to proportionate adjustment in the event of a stock dividend, spin-off, split-up, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, business combination or exchange of shares and the like. Except as otherwise provided in any written agreement between the participant and the Company in effect when a change in control occurs, in the event an acquiring company does not assume plan awards (i) all outstanding options and SARs shall become fully vested and exercisable; (ii) for performance-based awards, all performance goals or performance criteria shall be deemed achieved at target levels and all other terms and conditions met, with award payout prorated for the portion of the performance period completed as of the change in control and payment to occur within 45 days of the change in control; (iii) all restrictions and conditional applicable to any restricted stock award shall lapse; (iv) all restrictions and conditions applicable to any restricted stock units shall lapse and payment shall be made within 45 days of the change in control; and (v) all other awards shall be delivered or paid within 45 days of the change in control.

 

Other Provisions. The option grant and exercise agreements authorized under the 2019 Plan, which may be different for each option, may contain such other provisions as the Administrator deems advisable, including without limitation, (i) restrictions upon the exercise of the option and (ii) a right of repurchase in favor of the Company to repurchase unvested shares held by an optionee upon termination of the optionee’s employment at the original purchase price.

 

Amendment and Termination. The Administrator, to the extent permitted by law, and with respect to any shares at the time not subject to awards, may suspend or discontinue the 2019 Plan or amend the 2019 Plan in any respect; provided that the Administrator may not, without approval of the stockholders, amend the 2019 Plan in a manner that requires stockholder approval.

 

Recapitalization; Change of Control. The number of shares subject to any award, and the number of shares issuable under the 2019 Plan, are subject to proportionate adjustment in the event of a stock dividend, spin-off, split-up, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, business combination or exchange of shares and the like. Except as otherwise provided in any written agreement between the participant and us in effect when a change in control occurs, in the event an acquiring company does not assume plan awards (i) all outstanding options and SARs shall become fully vested and exercisable; (ii) for performance-based awards, all performance goals or performance criteria shall be deemed achieved at target levels and all other terms and conditions met, with award payout prorated for the portion of the performance period completed as of the change in control and payment to occur within 45 days of the change in control; (iii) all restrictions and conditional applicable to any restricted stock award shall lapse; (iv) all restrictions and conditions applicable to any restricted stock units shall lapse and payment shall be made within 45 days of the change in control; and (v) all other awards shall be delivered or paid within 45 days of the change in control.

 

Other Provisions. The option grant and exercise agreements authorized under the 2019 Plan, which may be different for each option, may contain such other provisions as the Administrator deems advisable, including without limitation, (i) restrictions upon the exercise of the option and (ii) a right of repurchase in favor of us to repurchase unvested shares held by an optionee upon termination of the optionee’s employment at the original purchase price.

 

Amendment and Termination of the 2019 Plan. The Administrator, to the extent permitted by law, and with respect to any shares at the time not subject to awards, may suspend or discontinue the 2019 Plan or amend the 2019 Plan in any respect; provided that the Administrator may not, without approval of the stockholders, amend the 2019 Plan in a manner that requires stockholder approval.

 

Director Compensation

 

Under our non-employee director compensation policy adopted in November 2023, our independent directors in 2024 will each receive 5,000 shares of restricted stock, as well as be paid $32,000 per year in cash compensation. Additionally, the Company will reimburse them for their reasonable expenses incurred in connection with attending our board of directors and committee meetings. In the future, we may also grant stock options to our independent directors.

 

 

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

 

Our certificate of incorporation provides that we are authorized to provide indemnification and advancement of expenses to our directors, officers and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

In addition, our certificate of incorporation limits the personal liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and provides that no director will have personal liability to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty or other duty as a director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit the liability of any of our directors for:

 

	●	any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
	●	any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
	●	unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or
	●	any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Any amendment to or repeal of these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to such amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Our certificate of incorporation also provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers and we must advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to very limited exceptions.

 

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

 

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our Board of Directors.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of our officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or Board of Directors of any other entity that has one or more officers serving as a member of our Board of Directors.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The following table sets forth, as of March 15, 2024, certain information concerning the beneficial ownership of our capital stock, including our common stock, and stock options as converted into common stock, by:

 

	●	each stockholder known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of any class of our outstanding stock;
	●	each director;
	●	each named executive officer;
	●	all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and
	●	each person or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of our outstanding stock.

 

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws. The applicable percentage ownership before this offering is based on 9,253,419 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 15, 2024. [UPDATE]

 

 

Name of Beneficial Owner		No. of Shares				% of Total Shares Outstanding
Named Executive Officers and Directors:
Wayne Tupuola			101,760				2.09	%
ICT Investments, LLC (2)			4,688,695				50.67	%
Igor Vodopivanof			—				—
Arnold Bykov			46,297				*
Shara Pathak
Troy Parkos			—				—
Carlos M. Gonzalez			—				—
			—				—
All Officers and Directors as a Group							%
*Represents less than 1%

 

(1)	Unless otherwise indicated, the address of such individual is c/o the Company.
(2)	Dmitriy Nikitin has voting control through his ownership of all membership interests of ICT Investments, LLC and Fonon Corporation.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

Each of the related party transactions described below was negotiated on an arm’s length basis. We believe that the terms of such agreements are as favorable as those we could have obtained from parties not related to us. The following are summaries of certain provisions of our related party agreements and are qualified in their entirety by reference to all of the provisions of such agreements. Because these descriptions are only summaries of the applicable agreements, they do not necessarily contain all of the information that you may find useful. We therefore urge you to review the agreements in their entirety. Copies of the forms of the agreements have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement and are available electronically on the website of the SEC at www.sec.gov.

 

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, with our directors and executive officers, including those discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2021 or any currently proposed transaction in which:

 

	●	we have been or are to be a party to;
	●	the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 or 1% of the average of our total assets as of the end of the last two completed fiscal years; and
	●	any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

For information on our compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, with our directors and executive officers, see the section titled “Executive Compensation”.

 

 

Since December 31, 2022, we have engaged in the following transactions in an amount that exceeds $174,690 (one percent of the average of our total assets for our last two fiscal years) with our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and affiliates or immediately family members of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and our co-founders. We believe that all of these transactions were on terms as favorable as could have been obtained from unrelated third parties.

 

In September 2022, the Company issued a promissory note to ICT Investments in the principal amount of $100,000 bearing 10% annual interest with a maturity date of September 29, 2023. This note was paid in full as of December 31, 2022.

 

During the year ending December 31, 2023, the Company paid $92,525.98 to ICT Investments, a company controlled by Dmitriy Nikitin, for accounting services and advisory fees in connection with SEC filings. under the terms of a Services Agreement dated November 16, 2022, between the Company and ICT Investments,

 

During the year ending December 31, 2023, the Company paid $35,044.92 to Dmitriy Nikitin for providing the personal guaranties and banking relationships for the issuance of credit cards for the Company’s employees under the terms of a Guaranty Agreement dated January 26, 2023 between the Company and Dmitriy Nikitin.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company paid $44,414.28 to Fonon Corporation as a subtenant under the terms of a Sublease Agreement dated October 1, 2022, between the Company and Fonon Corporation.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company paid $ 350,000 to Fonon Technologies, Inc. (“FTI”), a company controlled by ICT Investments, for a worldwide, exclusive license for all commercial and noncommercial applications of FTI’s know-how and trade secrets for High Power Turbo Piercing (“Cold Cutting”) laser cutting equipment and technology under the terms of a License Agreement dated October 18, 2023.

 

On November 16, 2022, the Company entered into a Transition Service Agreement with Fonon Technologies, Inc. (“FTI”) to have FTI use its status as a registered and active SAM (System for Award Management) registration with the Federal Government to provide marketing and sales services to the Company in securing government and military sales of the Company’s equipment. During 2023 and 2022, FTI sold the Company’s equipment to the U.S. Government and military in the amounts of $55,155 and $309,499, respectively. The Company paid to FTI an amount equal to 6.5% of the total amount of the services provided by FTI in the amount of $3,585.08 in 2023 and $20,117.44 in 2022.

 

Indemnification

 

Our certificate of incorporation in effect upon the consummation of this offering provides that we may indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our certificate of incorporation provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and must advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to very limited exceptions. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Limitation of Liability and Indemnification” for additional information regarding these indemnification provisions and agreements.

 

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

 

Our Board of Directors has adopted written policies and procedures for the review of any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we are a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and one of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or 5% stockholders (or their immediate family members), each of whom we refer to as a “related person,” has a direct or indirect material interest.

 

 

If a related person proposes to enter into such a transaction, arrangement or relationship, which we refer to as a “related person transaction,” the related person must report the proposed related person transaction to our chief legal officer or, in the event we do not have a chief legal officer, to our principal financial officer. The policy calls for the proposed related person transaction to be reviewed and, if deemed appropriate, approved by the audit committee of our Board of Directors. Whenever practicable, the reporting, review and approval will occur prior to entry into the transaction. If advance review and approval is not practicable, the committee will review, and, in its discretion, may ratify the related person transaction. The policy also permits the chairman of the committee to review and, if deemed appropriate, approve proposed related person transactions that arise between committee meetings, subject to ratification by the committee at its next meeting. Any related person transactions that are ongoing in nature will be reviewed annually.

 

A related person transaction reviewed under the policy will be considered approved or ratified if it is authorized by the committee after full disclosure of the related person’s interest in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the committee will review and consider:

 

	●	the related person’s interest in the related person transaction;
	●	the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the related person transaction;
	●	the approximate dollar value of the amount of the related person’s interest in the transaction without regard to the amount of any profit or loss;
	●	whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of our business;
	●	whether the terms of the transaction are no less favorable to us than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party;
	●	the purpose of, and the potential benefits to us of, the transaction; and any other information regarding the related person transaction or the related person in the context of the proposed transaction that would be material to investors in light of the circumstances of the particular transaction.

 

The committee may approve or ratify the transaction only if the committee determines that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is not inconsistent with our best interests. The committee may impose any conditions on the related person transaction that it deems appropriate.

 

In addition to the transactions that are excluded by the instructions to the SEC’s related person transaction disclosure rule, our Board of Directors has determined that the following transactions do not create a material direct or indirect interest on behalf of related persons and, therefore, are not related person transactions for purposes of this policy:

 

	●	interests arising solely from the related person’s position as an executive officer of another entity (whether or not the person is also a director of such entity), that is a participant in the transaction, where (a) the related person and all other related persons own in the aggregate less than a 10% equity interest in such entity, (b) the related person and his or her immediate family members are not involved in the negotiation of the terms of the transaction and do not receive any special benefits as a result of the transaction and (c) the amount involved in the transaction equals less than the greater of $200,000 or 5% of the annual consolidated gross revenues of the other entity that is a party to the transaction; and
	●	a transaction that is specifically contemplated by provisions of our charter or bylaws.

 

 

The policy provides that transactions involving compensation of executive officers shall be reviewed and approved by the compensation committee in the manner specified in its charter.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm is Fruci & Associates II, PLLC, Firm ID: ____

 

Effective October 10, 2023, the Company engaged Fruci & Associates II, PLLC (“Fruci & Associates”) as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. The decision to change accountants was approved by the Company’s Audit Committee and Board of Directors.

 

The following is the breakdown of aggregate fees for the last two fiscal years.

 

		2023				2022
Audit Fees		$	114,500			$	153,200
Audit Related Fees		$				$	16,914
Tax Fees		$				$	6,665
All Other Fees		$	114,500			$	176,779

 

It is our policy to engage the principal accounting firm to conduct the financial audit for our company and to confirm prior to such engagement, that such principal accounting firm is independent of our company when required by SEC rules and regulations. All services of the principal accounting firm reflected above were approved by the Board of Directors.

 

- “Audit Fees” are fees paid for professional services for the audit of our financial statements.

 

- “Audit-Related fees” are fees paid for professional services not included in the first category, specifically, SAS 100 reviews, SEC filings and consents, and accounting consultations on matters addressed during the audit or interim reviews, and review work related to quarterly filings.

 

- “Tax Fees” are fees primarily for tax compliance in connection with filing US income tax returns.

 

- “All other fees” related to the reviews of Registration Statements on Form S-1

 

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies

 

The charter of our Audit Committee provides that the duties and responsibilities of our Audit Committee include the pre-approval of all audit, audit- related, tax, and other services permitted by law or applicable SEC regulations (including fee and cost ranges) to be performed by our independent registered public accountant. Any pre-approved services that will involve fees or costs exceeding pre-approved levels will also require specific pre-approval by the Audit Committee. Unless otherwise specified by the Audit Committee in pre-approving a service, the pre-approval will be effective for the 12-month period following pre-approval. The Audit Committee will not approve any non-audit services prohibited by applicable SEC regulations or any services in connection with a transaction initially recommended by the independent registered public accountant, the purpose of which may be tax avoidance and the tax treatment of which may not be supported by the Code and related regulations.

 

To the extent deemed appropriate, the Audit Committee may delegate pre-approval authority to the Chairman of the Audit Committee or any one or more other members of the Audit Committee provided that any member of the Audit Committee who has exercised any such delegation must report any such pre-approval decision to the Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. The Audit Committee will not delegate the pre-approval of services to be performed by the independent registered public accountant to management.

 

Our Audit Committee requires that the independent registered public accountant, in conjunction with our Chief Financial Officer, be responsible for seeking pre-approval for providing services to us and that any request for pre-approval must inform the Audit Committee about each service to be provided and must provide detail as to the particular service to be provided.

 

All of the services provided above under the caption “Audit-Related Fees” were approved by our Board of Directors or by our Audit Committee pursuant to our Audit Committee’s pre-approval policies.

 

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Financial Statements filed as part of this Form 10-K:

 

Laser Photonics, Corporation December 31, 2023 and 2022 Audited Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Accounting Firm Balance Sheet

 

Statement of Profit and Loss

 

Statement of Liability and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) Statement of Cash Flows

 

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Exhibits.

 

See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page to this Annual Report on Form10-K.

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

	Laser Photonics Corporation
September 12, 2024	By:	/s/ Wayne Tupuola
	Name:	Wayne Tupuola
	Title:	President and CEO (Principal Executive Officer)

 

September 12, 2024	By:	/s/ Carlos Sardinas
	Name:	Carlos Sardinas
	Title:	Vice President, Finance
		(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

3.1+		Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
3.2		Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
3.3+		Bylaws of the Registrant
4.1+		Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing the shares of Common Stock
10.1*+		Laser Photonics Corporation 2019 Stock Incentive Plan
10.2+		Sublease Agreement dated December 1, 2019 between Laser Photonics Corporation and ICT Investments, LLC
10.3		Exclusive License Agreement dated January 1, 2020 between Laser Photonics Corporation and ICT Investments, LLC
14.1		Code of Ethics
31.1		Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
31.2		Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
32.1		Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
97.1		Incentive Compensation Recoupment Policy
101.SCH		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.INS		Instance Document
101.CAL		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

* Indicates management contract or compensatory plan

+ Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 10 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2020

 

-Oxley Act of 2002 and is not being filed as a separate disclosure document.

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), effective as of January 1, 2020, is entered into between ICT Investments, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, having a place of business at 1101 N. Keller Road, Suite G, Orlando, Florida 32810 (“Licensor”), and Laser Photonics Corporation, a Wyoming corporation having its address at 1101 N. Keller Road, Suite G, Orlando, Florida 32810 (“Licensee”). Licensor and Licensee are referred to hereinafter singularly as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, Licensor is willing to license to Licensee, and Licensee desires to license from Licensor, an exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable license for all commercial and noncommercial applications of Licensor’s know-how and trade secrets for laser cleaning equipment technology for the purpose of allowing Licensee to develop and market products using such technology and intellectual property; and

 

WHEREAS, Licensor has majority equity ownership of Licensee and desires to have Licensee be successful in its sales and marketing efforts of the laser cleaning equipment technology.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants set forth hereinafter, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby is acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Confidential Information” shall mean Technology disclosed by Licensor to Licensee or by Licensee to Licensor pursuant to this Agreement.

 

“Force Majeure” shall mean any act of God, any accident, explosion, fire, storm, earthquake, pandemic, flood, drought, peril of the sea, riot, embargo, war or foreign, federal, state or municipal order of general application seizure, requisition or allocation, any failure or delay of transportation, shortage of or inability to obtain supplies, equipment fuel or labor or any other circumstances or event beyond the reasonable control of the party relying upon such circumstance or event.

 

“Licensor Technology” shall mean all Technology owned or controlled by Licensor as of the date hereof including rights that relate to and are used in researching, developing, or manufacturing laser cleaning equipment. “Owned or controlled” shall include Technology which Licensor owns or under which Licensor is licensed and has the right to grant sublicenses.

 

“Improvements” shall mean any improvement or enhancement to any Licensor Technology that is discovered, developed or otherwise acquired by Licensor during the term of this Agreement. For the sake of clarity and the avoidance of doubt, “Improvements” shall include, new patent rights and/or new Technology discovered, developed, or otherwise acquired by Licensor during the term of this Agreement, which new patent rights and/or new Technology reasonably relates to the Licensed Product.

 

 

“Licensed Process” means a method or process whose practice or use is covered by Licensor Technology, an Improvement, and/or incorporates or uses Licensor Technology.

 

“Licensed Product” means any product or component (a) the manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale or import of which is covered by Licensor Technology, an Improvement and/or incorporates or uses any Licensor Technology, or (b) which is made using a Licensed Process.

 

“Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, firm, association, unincorporated organization, joint venture, trust or other entity.

 

“Technology” shall mean public and nonpublic technical or other information, trade secrets, know-how, processes, formulations, concepts, ideas or other data and testing results, experimental methods, or results, descriptions, business or engineering plans, depictions, and any and all other intellectual property, including patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks and trademark applications for which Licensor is granting a License to Licensee.

 

2. License Grant and Commercialization.

 

2.1. Grant of Licenses to Licensee.

 

2.1.1. Technology License. Licensor agrees to grant and does hereby grant to Licensee a worldwide, royalty-free, exclusive, non-transferrable license under Licensor Technology to manufacture, have manufactured, use, offer for sale, sell, export, and import Licensed Products and Licensed Processes.

 

2.1.2. License to Improvements. Licensor agrees to grant and does hereby grant to Licensee a worldwide, royalty-free, exclusive, non-transferrable license to any and all Improvements to sublicense, manufacture, have manufactured, use, offer for sale, sell, export, and import Licensed Products and Licensed Products protected by Improvements, as defined herein.

 

2.1.3. Third-Party Licenses. To the extent that any Licensor Technology or Improvements licensed to Licensee hereunder consist of rights of Licensor under an agreement or license with or from a third party, any license granted to Licensee hereunder shall be limited to the rights which Licensor has a right to grant under such agreement or license and otherwise subject to any obligations assumed by Licensor in consideration of the grant or assignment of such right or license to Licensor which is to be assigned or sublicensed to Licensee.

 

 

3. Technology Transfer and Support.

 

3.1. Technology Transfer and Support. Licensor shall provide to Licensee reasonable support and assistance with respect to regulatory, public relations, and similar matters, as well as reasonable technical support and assistance with respect to the analytic testing of any products developed, manufactured, or sold under the terms of this Agreement, and similar matters. For the sake of clarity and the avoidance of doubt, neither Licensor, nor any affiliate of Licensor, shall be entitled to any compensation for any support and assistance provided pursuant to this Section 3.1, except, however, Licensor, or an affiliate of Licensor, shall be entitled to reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the course of providing such support and assistance, which reasonable expenses shall be reimbursed and paid by Licensee.

 

3.2. Patent Rights. Licensor shall, at its expense, prepare, prosecute and maintain patent applications, and maintain patents issued thereon with respect to Improvements discovered, developed or otherwise acquired by Licensor, except as otherwise specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

3.3. Cooperation. Each Party agrees to cause each of its employees and agents to take all actions and to execute, acknowledge and deliver all instruments or agreements reasonably requested by the other Party, and necessary for the perfection, maintenance, enforcement or defense of that Party’s rights as set forth herein.

 

3.5. Confidential Information. Any Party receiving Confidential Information shall maintain the confidential and proprietary status of such Confidential Information, keep such Confidential Information and each part thereof within its possession or under its control sufficient to prevent any activity with respect to the Confidential Information that is not specifically authorized by this Agreement, use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the disclosure of any Confidential Information to any other Person, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that such Confidential Information is used only for those purposes specifically authorized herein; provided, however, that such restriction shall not apply to any Confidential Information which is (a) independently developed by the receiving Party, (b) in the public domain at the time of its receipt or thereafter becomes part of the public domain through no fault of the receiving Party, (c) received without an obligation of confidentiality from a third party having the right to disclose such information, (d) released from the restrictions of this Section 3.5 by the express written consent of the disclosing Party, (e) disclosed to any assignee, sublicensee or subcontractor of either Licensor or Licensee hereunder (if such assignee, sublicense or subcontractor is subject to the provisions of this Section 3.5 or comparable provisions of such other documents), or (f) required by law, statute, rule or court order to be disclosed (the disclosing party shall, however, use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain confidential treatment of any such disclosure). The obligations set forth in this Section 3.5 shall survive for a period of five (5) years from the termination or expiration of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Licensor and Licensee each shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain confidentiality agreements from its respective employees and agents, similar in scope to this Section 3.5, to protect the Confidential Information. Licensor agrees to treat the Licensor Technology as Confidential Information of Licensee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Licensor and Licensee shall each be deemed to have satisfied its obligations under this Section 3.5 if it protects the Confidential Information of the other Party with the same degree of care that it uses to protect its own similar Confidential Information.

 

 

3.6. Permitted Disclosures. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.5 hereof, Licensor and Licensee may, to the extent necessary, disclose and use Confidential Information, consistent with the rights of Licensor and Licensee otherwise granted hereunder for the purpose of engaging in research and development, conducting marketing programs, or securing institutional or government approval to market any product.

 

4. Disclaimer of Warranty; Consequential Damages.

 

4.1. Disclaimer of Warranty. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a representation made or warranty given by either Party hereto that the use of any Licensor Technology and Improvements transferred or licensed hereunder, will not infringe the patent or proprietary rights of any other Person or entity. In addition, Licensor and Licensee acknowledge that THE TECHNOLOGY IS LICENSED, AS THE CASE MAY BE, TO LICENSEE AND LICENSOR, RESPECTIVELY, AS IS, AND LICENSOR AND LICENSEE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM AND HEREBY WAIVE, RELEASE AND RENOUNCE ANY WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TECHNOLOGY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

5. No Implied Waivers; Rights Cumulative. No failure on the part of Licensor or Licensee to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, power, remedy or privilege under this Agreement, or provided by statute or at law or in equity or otherwise, shall impair, prejudice or constitute a waiver of any such right, power, remedy or privilege, or be construed as a waiver of any breach of this Agreement, or as an acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power, remedy or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, remedy or privilege.

 

6. Consulting Agreement or Advisory Board Role. Licensee may enter into a Consulting Agreement or have the Licensor serve as a member of an advisory board to provide advice with respect to the commercialization of the Licensor Technology and sale of the Licensed Product by Licensee.

 

7. Force Majeure. Licensor and Licensee shall each be excused for any failure or delay in performing any of its respective obligations under this Agreement, if such failure or delay is caused by Force Majeure.

 

8. Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to Licensor or Licensee hereunder shall be in writing (including email, telecopy, or similar electronic transmissions), shall refer specifically to this Agreement, and shall be personally delivered or sent by email, telecopy, or other electronic facsimile transmission or by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case to the respective address specified below (or to such other address as may be specified in writing to the other party hereto):

 

If to Licensor:

 

ICT Investments, LLC

1101 North Keller Rd., Suite “G2”

Orlando, Florida 32810

Attn: Dmitriy Nikitin, Partner

dnikitin@ict-investments.com

 

 

If to Licensee:

 

Laser Photonics Corporation

1101 North Keller Rd., Suite “G2”

Orlando, Florida 32810

wtupuola@laserphotonics.com

 

with a copy to:

 

Culhane Meadows PLLC

1101 Pennsylvania Ave., N.W.

Suite 300

Washington, D.C. 20004

Attn: Ernest M. Stern, Esq.

estern@cm.law

 

Any notice or communication given in conformity with this Section 8 shall be deemed to be effective when received by the addressee, if delivered by hand, email, telecopy, or other electronic facsimile transmission, and upon receipt of delivery confirmation, if sent by certified mail.

 

9. Further Assurances. Each of Licensor and Licensee agrees to duly execute and deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, such further instruments and do and cause to be done such further acts and things, including, without limitation, the filing of such additional assignments, agreements, documents and instruments, that may be necessary or as the other party hereto may at any time and from time to time reasonably request in connection with this Agreement or to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of, or to better assure and confirm unto such other party its rights and remedies under, this Agreement.

 

10. Successors and Assigns. The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, Licensor, Licensee, and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that neither Licensor nor Licensee may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights and interests, nor delegate any of its respective obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, pursuant to a merger or consolidation, without the prior written consent of the other party hereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any attempt to assign or delegate any portion of this Agreement in violation of this Section 10 shall be null and void. Subject to the foregoing, any reference to Licensor and Licensee hereunder shall be deemed to include the successors thereto and assigns thereof.

 

 

11. Amendments. No amendment, modification, waiver, termination or discharge of any provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure by Licensor or Licensee therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing specifically identifying this Agreement and the provision intended to be amended, modified, waived, terminated or discharged and signed by Licensor and Licensee, and each such amendment, modification, waiver, termination or discharge shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No provision of this Agreement shall be varied, contradicted or explained by any oral agreements course of dealing or performance or any other matter not set forth in an agreement in writing and signed by Licensor and Licensee.

 

12. Governing Law. This Agreement and matters connected with the performance thereof shall be construed, interpreted, applied, and governed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and all controversies or disputes governing this Agreement shall be settled by a court of competent jurisdiction located in Orange County, Florida.

 

13. Severability. If any provision hereof should be held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (a) all other provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and shall be liberally construed in order to carry out the intentions of the parties hereto as nearly as may be possible and (b) such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality, or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Licensor and Licensee hereby waive any provision of law that would render any provision hereof prohibited or unenforceable in any respect.

 

14. Headings. Headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration interpreting, this Agreement.

 

15. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

16. Miscellaneous Warranties and Representations. Each Party hereto warrants and represents that (a) its execution of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of such Party; (b) it has requisite legal rights necessary to grant the other Party all releases, covenants not to sue, and licenses granted to the other Party as set forth above; and (c) it has received or had the opportunity to obtain independent legal advice from such Party’s counsel with respect to the rights and obligations arising from the Agreement.

 

17. Entire Agreement. This Agreements together with any agreements referenced herein, constitutes, on and as of the date hereof, the entire agreement of Licensor and Licensee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and all prior or contemporaneous understandings or agreements, whether written or oral, between Licensor and Licensee with respect to such subject matter are hereby superseded in their entirety.

 

 

18. Term and Termination.

 

18.1. Term of Technology License. The licenses Licensor has granted Licensee to the Licensor Technology and any Improvements thereto pursuant to Sections 2.1.1, 2.1.2. and 2.1.3. above shall remain in full force and effect in perpetuity with respect to the license grants (the “Term”), and shall not terminate unless (i) by the mutual written agreement of the Parties’ or in the event of a breach of this Agreement by a Party that, after receiving notice of such breach pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (ii) Licensee fails to cure the breach within the notice period specified in Section 18.2 below or (iii) Licensee files, or has filed against it, a petition or proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law that is not dismissed within 60 days of its filing, or becomes insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, appoints, or has appointed, a receiver or trustee over its property. Upon the termination of said License, Licensor shall retain all equity in Licensee granted by this Agreement.

 

18.2 Other Breach and Cure Provisions. If either Party fails to fulfill any material obligation under this Agreement or materially breaches any of the representations, warranties, or covenants contained herein, the non-breaching Party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the breaching Party as provided below. Such notice must contain a full description of the event or occurrence alleged to constitute a breach of the Agreement. The Party receiving notice of the breach shall have the opportunity to cure that breach within 60 days of receipt of notice. If the breach is not cured within that time, the termination will be effective immediately upon the end of such cure period unless the parties are continuing to work in good faith to resolve any dispute.

 

18.3. Any failure on the part of either Party to terminate hereunder shall not be deemed a condonation of any default or breach by the other Party or a waiver of any future rights pursuant to the default or breach provisions of this Agreement.

 

18.4 Termination of this Agreement by either Party for any reason shall not affect and shall be without prejudice to the rights and obligations of the Parties accrued prior to the effective date of termination of this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this License Agreement to be duly executed as of the date set forth above.

 

ICT INVESTMENTS, LLC			LASER PHOTONICS CORPORATION
By:	/s/ Dmitriy Nikitin		By:	/s/ Wayne Tupuola
Print Name:	Dmitriy Nikitin		Print Name:	Wayne Tupuola
Title:	Partner		Title:	President

 

 

 

Exhibit 14.1

 

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

 

The Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and all senior financial officers, including the Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance and principal accounting officer of Laser Photonics Corporation (the “Company”), and of any subsidiary that becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are bound by the provisions set forth in this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics relating to ethical conduct, conflicts of interest, compliance with law and standards designed to deter wrongdoing. The CEO and senior financial officers are subject to the following specific policies:

 

1. The CEO and all senior financial officers are responsible for full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in the periodic reports required to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Accordingly, it is the responsibility of the CEO and each senior financial officer promptly to bring to the attention of the Company’s Audit Committee any material information of which he or she may become aware that affects the disclosures made by the Company in its public filings or otherwise assist the Audit Committee in fulfilling its responsibilities as specified in the Company’s financial reporting policies and applicable law.

 

2. The CEO and each senior financial officer shall promptly bring to the attention of the Audit Committee any information he or she may have which he or she reasonably believes reflects or indicates (a) significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data or (b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s financial reporting, audits or internal controls or (c) any attempt to improperly influence, coerce or mislead the Company’s independent auditors in violation of Section 303(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules of the SEC passed there under.

 

3. The CEO and each senior financial officer shall promptly bring to the attention of the General Counsel or the CEO and to the Audit Committee any information he or she may have which he or she reasonably believes reflects or indicates a violation of this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or any actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships, involving any management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s financial reporting, audits or internal controls.

 

4. The CEO and each senior financial officer shall promptly bring to the attention of the General Counsel or the CEO and to the Audit Committee any information he or she may have which he or she reasonably believes indicates a material violation of the securities or other laws, rules or regulations applicable to the Company and the operation of its business, by the Company or any agent thereof.

 

5. The Board of Directors shall determine, or designate appropriate persons to determine, appropriate actions to be taken in the event of violations of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or of these additional procedures by the CEO and the Company’s senior financial officers. Such actions shall be reasonably designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote accountability for adherence to this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and to these additional procedures, and shall include written notices to the individual involved that the Board has determined that there has been a violation and the action to be taken, which action may include censure by the Board, demotion or re-assignment of the individual involved, suspension with or without pay or benefits (as determined by the Board) or termination of the individual’s employment. In determining what action is appropriate in a particular case, the Board of Directors or such designee shall take into account all relevant information, including without limitation the nature and severity of the violation, whether the violation was a single occurrence or repeated occurrences, whether the violation appears to have been intentional or inadvertent, whether the individual in question had been advised prior to the violation as to the proper course of action and whether or not the individual in question had committed other violations in the past.

 

6. Any waiver of this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics may be made only by the Board of Directors of the Company and shall be disclosed to the persons in the manner provided by applicable law and by any regulatory agency having authority over the Company.

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Wayne Tupuola, certify that:

 

1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Laser Photonics Corporation (the “registrant”).
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report.
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

	(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
	(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
	(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
	(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

	(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
	(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: September 12, 2024	By:	/s/ Wayne Tupuola
		President/CEO
		(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

I, Carlos Sardinas, Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, certify that:

 

1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Laser Photonics Corporation;
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

	(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
	(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
	(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
	(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

	(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
	(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: September 12, 2024	By:	/s/ Carlos Sardinas
		VP, Finance
		(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. 1350

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, each of the undersigned officers of Laser Photonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

 

The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 (the “Form 10-K “) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: September 12, 2024	By:	/s/ Wayne Tupuola
		President/CEO
		(Principal Executive Officer)

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and is not being filed as a separate disclosure document.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.2

 

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. 1350

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, each of the undersigned officers of Laser Photonics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

 

The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (the “Form 10-K “) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: September 12, 2024	By:	/s/ Carlos Sardinas
		VP, Finance
		(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and is not being filed as a separate disclosure document.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 97.1

 

Laser Photonics Corporation

Executive Compensation Clawback Policy

Adopted November 16, 2023

 

Laser Photonics Corporation (the “Company”) has adopted the Laser Photonics Corporation Clawback Policy on November 16, 2023, as may be further amended or restated from time to time, that shall be referred to herein as the “Policy”.

 

1.	Definitions

 

For purposes of this Policy, the following definitions shall apply:

 

a) “Additional Compensation” means any cash-based or equity-based compensation (including, without limitation, any bonuses under the Visa Inc. Incentive Plan or any successor plan and any other bonus, as well as time-based restricted stock units, restricted stock, stock options, and performance shares) earned by an Executive Officer or EC Member with respect to a period covered by a Fault-Based Restatement, but not including (i) salary or employee retirement or welfare benefits and (ii) Covered Compensation.

 

b) “Administrator” means the Board or such committee(s) designated by the Board in its discretion to administer the Policy.

 

c) “Company Group” means the Company and each of its Subsidiaries, as applicable.

 

d) “Covered Compensation” means any Incentive-Based Compensation granted, vested or paid to a person who served as an Executive Officer at any time during the performance period for the Incentive-Based Compensation and that was Received (i) on or after the effective date of the applicable Nasdaq listing standards, (ii) after the person became an Executive Officer and (iii) at a time that the Company had a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or a national securities association.

 

e) “Effective Date” means November 16, 2023.

 

f) “EC Member” means any current or former member of the Executive Committee.

 

g) “Erroneously Awarded Compensation” means the amount of Covered Compensation granted, vested, or paid to a person during the fiscal period when the applicable Financial Reporting Measure relating to such Covered Compensation was attained that exceeds the amount of Covered Compensation that otherwise would have been granted, vested, or paid to the person had such amount been determined based on the applicable Restatement, computed without regard to any taxes paid (i.e., on a pre-tax basis). For Covered Compensation based on stock price or total stockholder return, where the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation is not subject to mathematical recalculation directly from the information in a Restatement, the Administrator will determine the amount of such Covered Compensation that constitutes Erroneously Awarded Compensation, if any, based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the Restatement on the stock price or total stockholder return upon which the Covered Compensation was granted, vested, or paid and the Administrator shall maintain documentation of such determination and provide such documentation to Nasdaq.

 

 

h) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

i) “Executive Committee” shall mean the Company’s Executive Committee, as its name may be changed from time to time, or any successor thereto.

 

j) “Executive Officer” means any current or former “officer” of the Company as defined under Rule 16a-1(f) under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, which shall be deemed to include any individuals identified by the Company as executive officers pursuant to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act.

 

k) “Fault-Based Restatement” means the need for a Restatement that resulted from, directly or indirectly, any fraud, intentional misconduct, or gross negligence by one or more Executive Officers or EC Members. The Administrator shall have the authority to determine whether a Fault-Based Restatement has occurred in its complete discretion.

 

l) “Financial Reporting Measure” means (i) any measure that is determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles used in preparing the Company’s financial statements, and any measures derived wholly or in part from such measures and may consist of GAAP or non-GAAP financial measures (as defined under Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act), (ii) stock price, or (iii) total stockholder return. Financial Reporting Measures may or may not be filed with the SEC and may be presented outside the Company’s financial statements, such as in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Result of Operations or in the performance graph required under Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act.

 

m) “Incentive-Based Compensation” means any compensation that is granted, earned, or vested based wholly or in part upon the attainment of a Financial Reporting Measure.

 

n) “Lookback Period” means the three completed fiscal years (plus any transition period of less than nine months that is within or immediately following the three completed fiscal years and that results from a change in the Company’s fiscal year) immediately preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare a Restatement for a given reporting period, with such date being the earlier of: (i) the date the Board, a committee of the Board, or the officer or officers of the Company authorized to take such action if Board action is not required, concludes, or reasonably should have concluded, that the Company is required to prepare an Restatement, or (ii) the date a court, regulator, or other legally authorized body directs the Company to prepare a Restatement. Recovery of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation under the Policy is not dependent on if or when the Restatement is actually filed.

 

o) “Nasdaq” means The Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

p) “Received”: Incentive-Based Compensation is deemed “Received” in the Company’s fiscal period during which the Financial Reporting Measure specified in or otherwise relating to the Incentive-Based Compensation award is attained, even if the grant, vesting, or payment of the Incentive-Based Compensation occurs after the end of that period.

 

 

q) “Restatement” means a required accounting restatement of any Company financial statement due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, including (i) to correct an error in previously issued financial statements that is material to the previously issued financial statements (commonly referred to as a “Big R” restatement) or (ii) to correct an error in previously issued financial statements that is not material to the previously issued financial statements but that would result in a material misstatement if the error was corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period (commonly referred to as a “little r” restatement). Changes to the Company’s financial statements that do not represent error corrections under the then-current relevant accounting standards will not constitute Restatements. Recovery of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation under the Policy is not dependent on fraud or misconduct by any person in connection with the Restatement.

 

r) “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

s) “Subsidiary” means any domestic or foreign corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, joint venture, trust, or unincorporated organization “affiliated” with the Company, that is, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, “controlling”, “controlled by”, or “under common control with”, the Company. “Control” for this purpose means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, contract, or otherwise.

 

2.	Recoupment and Forfeiture of Erroneously Awarded Compensation to Executive Officers

 

In the event of a Restatement, any Erroneously Awarded Compensation Received during the Lookback Period prior to the Restatement (a) that is then-outstanding but has not yet been paid shall be automatically and immediately forfeited and (b) that has been paid to any person shall be subject to reasonably prompt repayment to the applicable member of the Company Group in accordance with Section 4 of this Policy. The Administrator must pursue (and shall not have the discretion to waive) the forfeiture and/or repayment of such Erroneously Awarded Compensation in accordance with Section 4 of this Policy, except as provided below.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator (or, if at any time the Administrator is not a committee of the Board responsible for the Company’s executive compensation decisions and composed entirely of independent directors, a majority of the independent directors serving on the Board) may determine not to pursue the forfeiture and/or recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation from any person if the Administrator determines that such forfeiture and/or recovery would be impracticable due to any of the following circumstances: (i) the direct expense paid to a third party (for example, reasonable legal expenses and consulting fees) to assist in enforcing the Policy would exceed the amount to be recovered (following reasonable attempts by one or more members of the Company Group to recover such Erroneously Awarded Compensation, the documentation of such attempts, and the provision of such documentation to Nasdaq), (ii) pursuing such recovery would violate the Delaware law adopted prior to November 28, 2022 (provided that the Company obtains an opinion of Delaware counsel acceptable to Nasdaq that recovery would result in such a violation and provides such opinion to Nasdaq), or (iii) recovery would likely cause any otherwise tax-qualified retirement plan, under which benefits are broadly available to employees of the Company, to fail to meet the requirements of 26 U.S.C. 401(a)(13) or 26 U.S.C. 411(a) and regulations thereunder.

 

 

3.	Additional Recoupment and Forfeiture Applicable to Executive Officers and EC Members in connection with a Fault-Based Restatement

 

If the Administrator determines in its discretion that a Fault-Based Restatement occurred, the Administrator may seek in its discretion recovery of all or a portion of any Additional Compensation awarded or paid to Executive Officer(s) and EC Member(s) who contributed to the Fault-Based Restatement. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any unpaid or unvested Additional Compensation applicable to the Executive Officer(s) and EC Member(s) who contributed to the Fault-Based Restatement is forfeited in connection with any Fault-Based Restatement. The Administrator may seek recovery of Additional Compensation for the Fault-Based Restatement even if the Fault-Based Restatement did not result in an award or payment greater than would have been awarded absent the Fault-Based Restatement.

 

In determining whether to require recovery or forfeiture of Additional Compensation, and, if so, the amount of such recovery or forfeiture, the Administrator shall take into account such considerations as it deems appropriate, including (i) whether any Additional Compensation earned with respect to the period covered by the Fault-Based Restatement was based on the achievement of specified performance targets and, if so, whether any such Additional Compensation would have been reduced had the financial results been properly reported at the time the performance or bonus or equity compensation was determined, (ii) the likelihood of success in seeking recovery or forfeiture under governing law relative to the effort involved, (iii) whether the assertion of a recovery or forfeiture claim may prejudice the interests of any member of the Company Group in any related proceeding or investigation, or otherwise, (iv) whether the expense of seeking recovery or forfeiture is likely to exceed the amount sought or likely to be recovered, (v) the passage of time since the occurrence of the Fault-Based Restatement, (vi) any pending or threatened legal proceeding relating to the applicable fraud, intentional misconduct or gross negligence, and any actual or anticipated resolution (including any settlement) relating thereto, (vii) the tax consequences to the applicable Executive Officer or EC Member, and (viii) such other factors as it may deem appropriate under the in its complete discretion.

 

4.	Means of Repayment

 

In the event that the Administrator determines that any person shall repay any Erroneously Awarded Compensation or Additional Compensation, the Administrator shall provide written notice to such person by email or certified mail to the physical address on file with the Company Group for such person, and the person shall satisfy such repayment in a manner and on such terms as required by the Administrator, and any member of the Company Group shall be entitled to set off the repayment amount against any amount owed to the person by the applicable member of the Company Group (including, without limitation, “wages” within the meaning of applicable law), to require the forfeiture of any award granted by any member of the Company Group to the person, or to take any and all necessary actions to reasonably promptly recoup the repayment amount from the person, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, including without limitation, Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance thereunder. If the Administrator does not specify a repayment timing in the written notice described above, the applicable person shall be required to repay the Erroneously Awarded Compensation and any other Additional Compensation, as applicable, to the Company as soon as reasonably practicable but in no event later than sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice.

 

5.	No Indemnification

 

No person shall be indemnified or insured by any member of the Company Group against the loss of compensation by such person in accordance with this Policy, nor shall any person receive any advancement of expenses for disputes that the Administrator determines in its discretion are related to any loss of compensation by such person in accordance with this Policy, and no person shall be paid or reimbursed by any member of the Company Group in respect of any loss of compensation by such person or for any premiums paid by such person for any third-party insurance policy covering potential recovery obligations under this Policy. For the avoidance of doubt, each person subject to this Policy waives any rights they may have to indemnification, insurance payments, or other reimbursement by or from any member of the Company Group for any compensation that is subject to recoupment and/or forfeiture under the Policy.

 

 

For this purpose, “indemnification” includes any modification to current compensation arrangements or other means that would amount to de facto indemnification (for example, providing the person a new cash award which would be cancelled to effect the recovery of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation). In no event shall any member of the Company Group be required to award any person an additional payment if any Restatement would result in a higher incentive compensation payment.

 

6.	Miscellaneous

 

This Policy generally will be administered and interpreted by the Administrator. Any determination by the Administrator with respect to this Policy shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all interested parties. Any discretionary determinations of the Administrator under this Policy, if any, need not be uniform with respect to all persons, and may be made selectively amongst persons, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

 

This Policy is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as it may be amended from time to time, and any related rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC or Nasdaq, including any additional or new requirements that become effective after the Effective Date which upon effectiveness shall be deemed to automatically amend this Policy to the extent necessary to comply with such additional or new requirements.

 

The provisions in this Policy are intended to be applied to the fullest extent of the law. To the extent that any provision of this Policy is found to be unenforceable or invalid under any applicable law, such provision will be applied to the maximum extent permitted and shall automatically be deemed amended in a manner consistent with its objectives to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Policy shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Policy. Recoupment of Erroneously Awarded Compensation under this Policy is not dependent upon the Company Group satisfying any conditions in this Policy, including any requirements to provide applicable documentation to Nasdaq.

 

The rights of the members of the Company Group under this Policy to seek forfeiture or reimbursement are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any rights of recoupment, or remedies or rights other than recoupment, that may be available to any member of the Company Group pursuant to the terms of any law, government regulation, or stock exchange listing requirement or any other policy, code of conduct (including, without limitation, the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Code of Ethics for Certain Executive and Financial Officers), employee handbook, employment agreement, offer letter, equity award agreement, or other plan or agreement of any member of the Company Group.

 

The Policy and the Acknowledgment, Consent and Agreement attached hereto will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of laws which could cause the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

 

7.	Amendment and Termination

 

To the extent permitted by, and in a manner consistent with applicable law, including SEC and Nasdaq rules, the Administrator may terminate, suspend, or amend this Policy at any time in its discretion.

 

8.	Successors

 

This Policy shall be binding and enforceable against all persons and their respective beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators, or other legal representatives with respect to any Covered Compensation and Additional Compensation granted, vested, or paid to or administered by such persons or entities.

 

 

LASER PHOTONICS CORPORATION CLAWBACK POLICY

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT, CONSENT AND AGREEMENT

 

I acknowledge that I have received and reviewed a copy of the Laser Photonics Corporation Clawback Policy dated November 16, 2023, and as may be further amended or restated from time to time, the “Policy”) and I have been given an opportunity to ask questions about the Policy and review it with my counsel. I knowingly, voluntarily, and irrevocably consent to and agree to be bound by and subject to the Policy’s terms and conditions, including that I will return any Erroneously Awarded Compensation and Additional Compensation that is required to be repaid in accordance with the Policy. I further acknowledge, understand, and agree that (i) the compensation that I receive, have received, or may become entitled to receive from any member of the Company Group is subject to the Policy, and the Policy may affect such compensation and (ii) I have no right to indemnification, insurance payments, or other reimbursement by or from any member of the Company Group for any compensation that is subject to recoupment and/or forfeiture under the Policy. To the extent the Company Group determines in accordance with Section 4 of the Policy to set off a repayment amount against any amount owed to me, I consent to any such set off for purposes of applicable law (and to the extent the provisions of this acknowledgment (“Acknowledgment”) do not satisfy any specific requirements of applicable law, I agree to sign such additional consent or authorization as may be required under applicable law in order to effectuate such set off). I further agree that any amendments to the Policy that the Administrator intends to be applicable to me, including any amendments to comply with applicable law, will be applicable to me. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Policy.

 

If the terms of the Policy and this Acknowledgment conflict, the terms of the Policy shall prevail.

 

Signed: _________________________________________

 

Print Name: _________________________________________

 

Date: _________________________________________

 

 

 

v3.24.2.u1

Cover - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023	Apr. 10, 2024	Jun. 30, 2023
Cover [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K/A
Amendment Flag	true
Amendment Description	Laser Photonics Corporation (the “Company”) is filing this Amendment No. 2 (“Amendment No. 2”) to its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, as filed with the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on April 9, 2024 (the “Original Filing”) and as amended by Amendment No. 1 as filed with the SEC on August 28, 2024 (“Amendment No. 1”) in response to a comment letter dated September 4, 2024, from the SEC and to add “restated” to the columns in our restated financial statements, make clear that internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2023, and to update the certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (Exhibits 31.1, 31.2, 32.1 and 32.2), as required under Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. This Amendment No. 2 continues to speak as of the date of Amendment No. 1 and does not reflect events that may have occurred subsequent to the filing date of Amendment No. 1 and does not modify or update in any way disclosures made in Amendment No. 1 except as set forth above.   FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS   The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a “safe harbor” for forward-looking statements, which are identified by the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan” and similar expressions. The statements contained herein which are not based on historical facts are forward-looking statements that involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could significantly affect our actual results, performance or achievements in the future and, accordingly, such actual results, performance or achievements may materially differ from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements made by or on our behalf. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, risks associated with our ability to successfully develop and protect our intellectual property, our ability to raise additional capital to fund future operations and compliance with applicable laws and changes in such laws and the administration of such laws. These risks are described below and in “Item 1. Business,” Item 1A “Risk Factors,” “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” included in this Form 10-K. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements which speak only as of the date the statements were made.
Document Annual Report	true
Document Transition Report	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2023
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2023
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity File Number	001-41515
Entity Registrant Name	Laser Photonics Corporation
Entity Central Index Key	0001807887
Entity Tax Identification Number	84-3628771
Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code	DE
Entity Address, Address Line One	1101 N. Keller Road
Entity Address, Address Line Two	Suite G
Entity Address, City or Town	Orlando
Entity Address, State or Province	FL
Entity Address, Postal Zip Code	32810
City Area Code	(407)
Local Phone Number	804 1000
Trading Symbol	LASE
Security Exchange Name	NASDAQ
Title of 12(g) Security	Common Stock
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Interactive Data Current	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Entity Small Business	true
Entity Emerging Growth Company	true
Elected Not To Use the Extended Transition Period	false
Entity Shell Company	false
Entity Public Float			$ 0
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		9,270,419
Document Financial Statement Error Correction [Flag]	false
Auditor Firm ID	5525
Auditor Name	Fruci & Associates II, PLLC
Auditor Location	Spokane, Washington

v3.24.2.u1

Balance Sheets - USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Current Assets:
Cash and Cash Equivalents	$ 6,201,137	$ 12,181,799
Accounts Receivable, Net	816,364	421,362
Inventory	2,237,456	1,046,020
Other Assets	39,190	72,527
Total Current Assets	9,294,147	13,721,708
Property, Plant, & Equipment, Net	952,811	1,090,556
Intangible Assets, Net	4,279,986	2,939,041
Operating Lease Right-of-Use Asset	597,143	832,072
Total Assets	15,124,087	18,583,377
Current Liabilities:
Accounts Payable	223,040	190,387
Deferred Revenue	213,114
Current Portion of Operating Lease	434,152	344,510
Accrued Expenses	161,538	429,429
Total Current Liabilities	1,031,844	964,326
Long Term Liabilities:
Lease liability - less current	162,991	487,562
Total Long Term Liabilities	162,991	487,562
Total Liabilities	1,194,835	1,451,888
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 3)
Stockholders’ Equity:
Preferred stock Par value $0.001: 10,000,000 shares authorized. 0 Issued: 0 shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2022, and 2023
Common Stock Par Value $0.001: 100,000,000 shares authorized; 9,253,419 and 7,878,419 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.	92,533	78,783
Additional Paid in Capital	19,097,445	18,140,520
Shares to be issued		829,500
Retained Earnings (Deficit)	(5,235,486)	(1,917,315)
Treasury Stock	25,240
Total Stockholders’ Equity	13,929,252	17,131,488
Total Liabilities & Stockholders’ Equity	$ 15,124,087	$ 18,583,376

v3.24.2.u1

Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) - $ / shares	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, shares authorized	10,000,000	10,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, shares authorized	100,000,000	100,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	9,253,419	7,878,419
Common stock, shares outstanding	9,253,419	7,878,419

v3.24.2.u1

Statements of Operations - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Income Statement [Abstract]
Net Sales	$ 3,939,473	$ 3,894,901
Cost of Sales	1,041,697	1,954,328
Other Income		7,169
Gross Profit	2,897,776	1,947,741
Operating Expenses:
Sales & Marketing	1,996,363	1,677,976
General & Administrative	1,902,760	894,521
Depreciation & Amortization	523,380	437,832
Payroll Expenses	1,400,951	887,852
Other Expense	220,298	18,397
Research and Development Cost	202,259	100,801
Total Operating Expenses	6,246,011	4,017,379
Operating Income (Loss)	(3,348,234)	(2,069,638)
Other Income (Expenses):
Interest Expense		(24,426)
Total Other Income	30,063
Income (Loss) Before Tax	(3,318,171)	(2,094,064)
Tax Provision		0
Net Income (Loss)	$ (3,318,171)	$ (2,094,064)
Income (Loss) per Share:
Basic	$ (0.37)	$ (0.37)
Fully Diluted	$ (0.37)	$ (0.37)
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding, diluted	8,934,035	5,687,049

v3.24.2.u1

Statements of Stockholders' Equity (deficit) - USD ($)	Preferred Stock [Member]	Common Stock [Member]	Shares To Be Issued [Member]	Treasury Stock, Common [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	AOCI Attributable to Parent [Member]	Total
Balance at Dec. 31, 2021		$ 4,878			$ 5,286,737	$ 176,749		$ 5,468,364
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2021		4,878,419
Net Income loss						(2,094,064)		(2,094,064)
IPO		$ 3,000			12,924,688			12,927,688
IPO, shares		3,000,000
Stock Issued for services			$ 829,500					829,500
Stock Issued for services, shares			350,000
Balance at Dec. 31, 2022		$ 7,878	$ 829,500		18,211,425	(1,917,314)		17,131,488
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2022		7,878,419	350,000
Net Income loss						(3,318,171)		(3,318,171)
Stock Issued for services		$ (350)	829,500	25,240	(829,150)			25,240
Stock Issued for services, shares		350,000
Distributions to affiliate					(1,214,325)			(1,214,325)
Stock issued for compensation		$ 25			145,475			145,500
Stock Issued for compensation, shares		25,000
Stock Issued for License Agreement		$ 1,000			1,209,000			1,210,000
Stock Issued for License Agreement, shares		1,000,000
Balance at Dec. 31, 2023		$ 9,253		$ (25,240)	$ 19,180,725	$ (5,235,485)		$ 13,929,252
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2023		9,253,419

v3.24.2.u1

Statements of Cash Flows - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income (Loss)	$ (3,318,171)	$ (2,094,064)
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
Shares issued on conversion of debt
Shares to be issued as consideration for services
Shares issued for compensation	145,550
Distribution to affiliate	(1,214,325)
Depreciation & Amortization	523,380
Net Change, Right-of-Use Asset & Liabilities	(31,775)
Accounts Receivable	(395,002)
Inventory	(1,191,437)	744,932
Prepaids & Other Current Assets	32,910	(54,722)
Stock Account
Accounts Payable	32,653	84,894
Accrued Expenses	(267,464)	391,218
21030 Deferred Revenue	213,114	(91,775)
Net Cash From (Used In) Operating Activities	(5,470,567)	(63,376)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of Equipment	(76,686)	(689,250)
Affiliate companies
Purchase of R&D Equipment
Demonstration Equipment
Purchase of Intangible Assets	(408,169)
Net Cash From (Used In) Investing Activities	(484,855)	(689,250)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from (Repayment of) Notes		(261,684)
Proceeds from (Repayment of) PPP Loan		(317,328)
Dividends Paid
Proceeds from Sale of Common Stock	(25,240)	12,897,688
Net Cash From (Used In) Financing Activities	(25,240)	12,318,676
Net Cash Flow for Period	(5,980,662)	11,566,050
Cash - Beginning of Period	12,181,799	615,749
Cash - End of Period	6,201,137	12,181,799
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Share issued for purchase of license	1,210,000
Cash Received / Paid During the Period for:
Income Taxes		(109,496)
Interest	$ 39,509	$ (24,426)

v3.24.2.u1

ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS	NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS   Laser Photonics Corporation (the “Company”) was formed under the laws of Wyoming on November 8, 2019, and changed its domicile to Delaware on March 5, 2020. The Company is a vertically integrated manufacturing company for photonics based industrial products and solutions, primarily disruptive laser cleaning technologies. Its vertically integrated operations allow us to reduce development and advanced laser equipment manufacturing time, offer better prices, control quality, and protect our proprietary knowhow and technology compared to other laser cleaning companies and companies with competing technologies.   Going Concern   The Company has not earned sufficient revenue since inception and has sustained operating losses during the year ended December 31, 2023 mainly due to investments in its sales and marketing departments. The Company had sufficient working capital as of December 31, 2023. However, the Company’s continuation as a going concern is dependent on its ability to generate additional cash flows from operations to meet its obligations and/or obtaining additional financing, as may be required. There is substantial doubt of the ability of the Company to continueais a going concern.   The Company’s accounting year end is December 31.   Restatement of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements   Upon reaudit of 2022 financial statement certain previously reported items have to be restated. Specifically, Revenue and AR previously reported were determined to not be recognizable according to provision ASC606. Additionally, Liability for stock to be issued was determined to not be a liability upon reaudit of financials.   Note 1. Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements (In Millions)  SCHEDULE OF RESTATEMENT OF RECONCILIATION (In Millions)       Restatement     Balance Sheet   As Filed   Adjustments   As Restated Assets             Cash and cash equivalent   $ 12,182     $ 0     $ 12,182   Accounts receivable, net   $ 1,347     $ -926     $ 421   Prepaid expenses and other current assets   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0   Inventory   $ 1,693     $ -647     $ 1,046   Other Assets   $ 72     $ 0     $ 72   Total current assets   $ 15,294     $ -1,575     $ 13,721   PP&E   $ 1,091     $ 0     $ 1,091   Intangible Assets Net   $ 2,939     $ 0     $ 2,939   Operating Lease Right of Use Asset   $ 832     $ 0     $ 832                             Total assets   $ 20,156     $ -1,575     $ 18,583                             Liabilities                         Current Liabilities                         Accounts payable   $ 190     $ 0     $ 190   Deferred revenue   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0   Current Portion of Operating Lease   $ 345     $ 0     $ 345   Accrued expenses   $ 351     $ 78     $ 429   Total current liabilities   $ 886     $ 78     $ 964   Long Term Liabilities   $           $ 0     $ 0   Lease Liability less current   $ 488     $ 0     $ 488   Total Long Term liabilities   $ 488     $ 0     $ 488   Total Liabilitiy   $ 1,374     $ 78     $ 1,452   Stockholders’ Equity   $             0       0   Preferred Stock   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0   Common Stock   $ 8     $ 0     $ 8   Shares to be issued   $ 829     $ 0     $ 829   Additional paid-in capital   $ 18,211     $ 0     $ 18,211   Retained Earnings   $ -720     $ -1,197     $ -1,917   Total stockholders’ equity   $ 18,328     $ -360     $ 17,131   Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 19,702     $ -282     $ 18,583       (In Millions)         Restatement         Statement of operations   As Filed     Adjustments     As Restated   Net Sales   $ 4,955     $ -1,061     $ 3,894   Other income   $ -     $ 7     $ 7   Cost of Sales   $ 2,088     $ -134     $ 1,954   Gross Profit   $ 2,867     $ -920     $ 1,947   Operating Expenses:   $       $       $     Sales & Marketing   $ 1,678     $ 0     $ 1,678   General & Administrative   $ 1,823     $ -929     $ 894   Depreciation & Amortization   $ 345     $ 94     $ 438   Payroll Expenses   $ 811     $ 78     $ 889   Total other Income Expense   $ 18     $ -     $ 18   Research & Development   $ 100     $ -     $ 100   Total Operating Expenses   $ 4,775     $ -757     $ 4,017   Operating Income (Loss)   $ -1,908     $ -163     $ -2,070   Interest Expense   $ -25     $ 0     $ -25   Income (Loss) Before Tax   $ -1,933     $ -163     $ -2,095   Onter income   $ 7     $ -7     $ 0   Net Income (Loss)   $ -1,926     $ -170     $ -2,095                             Income (Loss) per Share                         Basic   $ -0.18     $ -0.17     $ -0.35   Diluted   $ -0.18     $ -0.09     $ -0.35               Restatement         (In Millions)   As Filed     Adjustments     As Restated   Statement of cash flows                         OPERATING ACTIVITIES             Net Income (Loss)   $ -1,926      $ -170       -2,095   Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities:               Shares to be issued as consideration for services   $ 0     $ 829       829   Depreciation & Amortization   $ 345     $ 93       438   Lease liability - less current   $ 0     $ 0       0   Operating lease right-of-use   $ 0     $ 0       0   Net Change, Right-of-Use Asset & Liabilities   $ 0     $ 0       0   Change in Operating Assets & Liabilities:   $       $ 0       0   Accounts Receivable   $ 1,263     $ -1,574       -311   Inventory   $ 97     $ 648       745   Prepaids & Other Current Assets   $ 77     $ -132       -55   Stock Account   $ 0     $ 0       0   Accounts Payable   $ 77     $ 8       85   Accrued Expenses   $ 1,181     $ -790       391   21030 Deferred Revenue   $ 0     $ -92       -92   24240 Lease liability Current Portion   $ 0     $ 173       173   Net Cash From (Used In) Operating Activities   $ -737     $ 673       -64                             INVESTING ACTIVITIES                 Purchase of Equipment   $ 0     $ -689       -689   Leasehold improvements   $ -17     $ 17       0   Affiliate companies   $ 0     $ -4       -4   Purchase of R&D Equipment   $ 0     $ 0       0   Demonstration Equipment   $ 0     $ 0       0   Purchase of Intangible Assets   $ -1     $ 1       0   Net Cash From (Used In) Investing Activities   $ -46     $ -647       -693                             FINANCING ACTIVITIES                         Proceeds from (Repayment of) Notes   $ -262     $ 0       -262   Proceeds from (Repayment of) PPP Loan   $ -317     $ 0       -317   Dividends Paid   $ 0     $ 0       0   Proceeds from Sale of Common Stock   $ 12,927     $ -30       12,897   Net Cash From (Used In) Financing Activities   $ 12,348     $ -782       11,566   Net Cash Flow for Period   $ 11,566     $ 0       11,566   Cash - Beginning of Period   $ 616     $ 0       616   Cash - End of Period   $ 12,182     $ 0       12,182   NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES   $ 0     $ 0       0   Shares issued on conversion of debt   $ 0     $ 0       0   Shares issued as consideration for services   $ 0     $ 0       0   Share issued for purchase of license   $ 0     $ 0       0   SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION   $ 0     $ 0       0   Cash Received / Paid During the Period for:   $ 0     $ 0       0   Income Taxes   $ 0     $ -109       -109   Interest   $ 0     $ -24       -24       Reclassification of Prior Year Presentation   Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for consistency with the current year presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on the reported results of operations.   Basis of Presentation   These financial statements are presented in United States dollars and have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

v3.24.2.u1

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES	NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES   Use of Estimates   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Our significant estimates and assumptions include depreciation and the fair value of our stock, stock-based compensation, debt discount and the valuation allowance relating to the Company’s deferred tax assets.   Assets   Cash and Cash Equivalents   Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. Company has $6,000,000 in flexible CD account with Bank of America. The terms on this CD if flexible, there is no fixed maturity day on CD, and funds can be withdrawn at any time without penalty.   As of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, the Company had $6,201,137 and $12,181,799 of cash, respectively. We do have bank accounts with exposure $5,951,137 over FDIC insurability of $250,000 as of year-end 2023 and $11,931,799 as of year-end 2022.   Accounts Receivable   Trade accounts receivable are recorded net of allowance for expected uncollectible accounts. The Company extends credit to its customers in the normal course of business and performs on-going credit evaluations of its customers. All accounts, or portions thereof, that are deemed uncollectible are written off to bad debt expense, as incurred. As of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, the Company’s ledger had $ 816,364 and $ 421,362, respectively as a balance for collectible accounts. Allowance and amount recognized as bad debt for 2022 is $18,397 for 2023 is $216,083. In 2023 The Company implemented processes to be in compliance with ASC326. (See Note 2 – Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements).   For the reporting periods of year ending December 31 2022 and for year ending December 31 2023 there were no customers whose Account Receivables were greater than 10% of the total amount of AR.   Advertising Expenses   Marketing, advertising and promotion expenditures are expensed in the annual period in which the expenditure is incurred.   Research & Development Expenses   Research & Development expenditures are expensed in the annual period in which the expenditure is incurred.     Stock Based Compensation   The Company accounts for stock-based payments in accordance with the provision of ASC 718, which requires that all share-based payments issued to acquire goods or services, including grants of employee stock options, be recognized in the statement of operations based on their fair values, net of estimated forfeitures. ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Compensation expense related to share-based awards is recognized over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.   The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards issued to non-employees for services, as prescribed by ASC 718-10, at either the fair value of the services rendered or the instruments issued in exchange for such services, whichever is more readily determinable. The Company issues compensatory shares for services including, but not limited to, executive, management, accounting, operations, corporate communication, financial and administrative consulting services.   Lease Accounting   The Company leases office space and the production facility under operating lease agreements. The lease term begins on the date of initial possession of the leased property for purposes of recognizing lease expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease renewal periods are considered on a lease-by-lease basis and are generally not included in the initial lease term.   Inventory   Inventories are stated at a lower cost or net realizable value using the first-in first-out (FIFO) method. The Company has four principal categories of inventory:   Sales demonstration inventory-Sales demonstration inventory represents completed product used to support the Company’s sales force for demonstrations and held for sale. Sales demonstration inventory is held in the Company’s demo facilities or by its sales representatives for up to three years, at which time it would be refurbished and transferred to finished goods as used equipment, stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company expects these refurbished units to remain in finished goods inventory and sold within 12 months at prices that produce reduced gross margins.   Equipment parts inventory- This inventory represents components and raw materials that are currently in the process of being converted to a certifiable lot of saleable products through the manufacturing and/or equipment assembly process. Inventories include parts and components that may be specialized in nature and subject to rapid obsolescence. The Company periodically reviews the quantities and carrying values of inventories to assess whether the inventories are recoverable. Because of the Company’s vertical integration, a significant or sudden decrease in sales activity could result in a significant change in the estimates of excess or obsolete inventory valuation. The costs associated with provisions for excess quantities, technological obsolescence, or component rejections are charged to cost of sales as incurred.   Work in process inventory-Work in process inventory consists of inventory that is partially manufactured or not fully assembled as of the date of these financial statements. This equipment, machines, parts, frames, lasers and assemblies are items not ready for use or resale. Costs are accumulated as work in process until sales ready items are compete when it is moved to finished goods inventory. Amounts in this account represent items at various stages of completion at the Registration date. Types of costs allocated to WIP include only cost of materials and finished goods inventory used to manufacture specific product.     Finished goods inventory- Finished goods inventory consists of purchased inventory that was fully manufactured, assembled or in salable condition. Finished goods inventory is comprised of items that are complete and ready for commercial application without further cost other than delivery and setup. Finished goods inventory includes demo and other equipment, lasers, software, machines, parts or assemblies.   On December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively, the Company’s inventory consisted of the following:  SCHEDULE OF INVENTORY Inventory     Dec 31, 23       Dec 31, 22   Equipment Parts Inventory   $ 862,941     $ 759,930   Finished Goods Inventory     992,744       254,656   Sales Demo Inventory     162,958       0   Work in process Inventory     243,029       31,434   Inventory Reserve   $ (24,216 )   $     Total Inventory   $ 2,237,456     $ 1,046,020     Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market value. Inventory includes parts and components that may be specialized in nature and subject to rapid obsolescence. Company maintains a reserve for excess or obsolete inventory items. Inventories are written off and charged to the cost of goods sold when identified as excess or obsolete. If future sales differ from these forecasts, the valuation of excess and obsolete inventory may change, and additional inventory provisions may be required. Because of our vertical integration, a significant or sudden decrease in sales could result in a significant change in the estimates of excess or obsolete inventory valuation.   On December 31, 2023, the Company recorded $24,216 in inventory obsolescence reserve in comparison to a markdown of $101,698 in the prior year. It was determined there was no further reserve required for the year ended December 31 2022.   Fixed Assets- Plant Machinery and Equipment   Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized and minor replacements, maintenance, and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When property and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations for the respective period.   Machinery and Equipment   Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method for financial statement purposes. The Company will use other depreciation methods (generally accelerated) for tax purposes where appropriate. The estimated useful lives for significant property and equipment categories are as follows:  SCHEDULE OF ESTIMATED USEFUL LIVES FOR SIGNIFICANT PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Category   Economic Useful Life Office furniture and fixtures   3-5 years Machinery and equipment   5-7 years Intangible Assets   15 years    SCHEDULE OF FIXED ASSETS Fixed Assets     2023       2022       31-Dec   Fixed Assets     2023       2022   Accumulated Depreciation   $ (729,956 )   $ (483,800 ) Machinery & Equipment     796,783       797,695   Office Furniture & Computer Equipment     77,487       80,909   Vehicles     90,959       9,989   R&D Equipment     37,973       37,973   Leasehold improvements     31,775       -   Demonstration equipment   $ 647,790     $ 647,790   Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross   $ 647,790     $ 647,790   Total Fixed Assets   $ 952,811     $ 1,090,556     As of December 31, 2023, the Company recorded $ 952,811 of capital assets net of depreciation in comparison to $1,090,556 recorded on December 31, 2022. Accordingly, depreciation in 2023 was recorded at $267,381in comparison to $204,733in 2022. Updating table for 15 years, Depreciation expense coming from team   Intangible Assets   Intangible assets consist primarily of capitalized equipment design documentation, software costs for equipment manufactured for sale, research, and development, as well as certain patent, trademark and license costs. Capitalized software and equipment design documentation development costs are recorded in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 985 “Software” with costs amortized using the straight-line method over a ten-year period. Patent, trademark and license costs are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of 15 years. On an ongoing basis, management reviews the valuation of intangible assets to determine if there has been impairment by comparing the related assets’ carrying value to the undiscounted estimated future cash flows and/or operating income from related operations.   The Company’s intangible assets are deemed to have indefinite lives and, accordingly, are not amortized, but are evaluated for impairment at least annually, but more often whenever changes in facts and circumstances occur which may indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.   The Company employs various core technologies across many different product families and applications in an effort to maximize the impact of our research and development costs and increase economies of scale and to leverage its technology-specific expertise across multiple product platforms. The technologies inherent in its laser equipment products include application documentation, proprietary and custom software developed for operation of its equipment, specific knowledge of supply chain and, mostly important, equipment design documentation, consisting of 3D engineering drawings, bills of materials, wiring diagrams, parts AutoCad drawings, software architecture documentation, etc. Intangible assets were received from a related party, ICT Investments, and therefore transferred and booked by Laser Photonics Corp. at their historical cost.   As of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, the Company had $4,279,986 and $2,939,041, respectively of intangible property. Amortization expense for the year ended December 31 2022 was $233,099 and for the year ended December 31 2023 was $255,999.  SCHEDULE OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS Intangible Assets     2023       2022       December 31st   Intangible Assets     2023       2022   Accumulated Amortization   $ (725,228 )   $ (469,229 ) Customer Relationships     211,000       211,000   Equipment Design Documentation     2,675,000       2,675,000   Operational Software & Website     339,539       305,470   Trademarks     216,800       216,800   License & Patents   $ 1,562,875     $ -   Intangible Assets, Gross   $ 1,562,875     $ -   Total Intangible Assets   $ 4,279,986     $ 2,939,041       Long- Lived Assets   Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment is measured by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from use of the assets and their ultimate disposition. In instances where impairment is determined to exist, the Company writes down the asset to its fair value based on the present value of estimated future cash flows.   Sales Tax Liability   Sales tax liability is created when the Company sells equipment and services to another entity located in the State of Florida. Currently the sales tax rate in the Company’s County of business is 6.5%. As of December 31, 2023, we had $106 sales tax liability as compared to $0 recorded on December 31, 2022.   Accounts Payable   Accounts payable consist of short-term liability to our vendors and sub-contractors, who extend credit terms to the Company or deliver goods or services with delayed payment terms. As of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, our accounts payable were recorded at $223,040 and $190,387, respectively.   Deferred Revenue   Deferred Revenue is primarily comprised of products that have been made available to key distributors that has not been sold. As of December 31, 2023 the Company had $ 213,114, and December 31, 2022 the Company’s deferred revenue liabilities were recorded at zero.   As of December 31, 2023, there were no loan balances owed by the Company.   Long-Lived Assets   Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment is measured by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from use of the assets and their ultimate disposition. In instances where impairment is determined to exist, the Company writes down the asset to its fair value based on the present value of estimated future cash flows.   Earnings/(Loss) per Share   Basic earnings/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing the earnings/(loss) attributable to stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings/(loss) per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that shared in the earnings/(loss) of the Company. Diluted earnings/(loss) per share is computed by dividing the earnings/(loss) available to stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period and dilutive potential shares outstanding unless such dilutive potential shares would result in anti-dilution. There were 180,000 warrants for shares available to potentially issued at the end of 2023 and 25,000 options on December 31 of 2022.     On December 31, 2023, the Company recorded a $0.37 diluted loss per share, as compared to a $0.37 diluted loss per share on December 31, 2022.   Relationship with distributors:   All orders received on a revolving basis in accordance with LPC standard Terms and Conditions of Sale. Orders are not cancelable. Orders typically consist of multiple units. Payment terms ate typically Net 120 days from transferring the ownership of equipment to Distributor. Revenue recognized on a “piece by piece” equipment bases after appropriate transfer equipment ownership to Distributor. Payments are made by Distributor to The Company when Distributor collects funds from their regional customers, or then they have funds availability to reduce the outstanding balance. The company allocates payments in accordance with LPC Accounting practices. Detailed aging is accounted in MRP system – DBA Manufacturing keeping records of all equipment units ever manufactured with coordinating serial numbers. Higher level account related data with payment history is recorded in the Company’s Quick Books Accounting software.   Distributor Discounts   Distributors and representatives earn various rebates and discounts based on purchase volume commitments and the achievement of certain performance KPIs. The company estimates the number of discounts based on historical volumes, geographical market, end customer buying potential, and the ordered equipment amount. The company also utilizes various programs to offer volume cash discounts, first customer discounts, or reimburse distributors for certain expenses, mainly associated with warranty, transportation costs, and inventory interest costs incurred by the distributor for limited periods of time, generally up to eighteen months.   Revenue Recognition Policy   Under Topic 606, an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of Topic 606, the entity performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of Topic 606, we assess the goods or services promised within each contract and determine those that are performance obligations and assess whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.   Revenue is then recognized for the transaction price allocated to each respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied. For our products, revenue is generally recognized on a free on-board origin (FOB Origin) basis. This means that revenue is recognized when our products have been manufactured, crated, and placed in the collection warehouse for customer pick-up in accordance with the Customer Quote and Company Terms and Conditions of Sale. Our manufacturing process is controlled by a Manufacturing Resource Planning (MRP) software - DBA Manufacturing, and fulfilled and closed Job order triggering the product readiness to be transferred to the customer. At that stage we fulfill all our obligations, as per our Terms and Conditions of sale, inform Customer by email or phone that his product order is ready for the scheduled pickup, and transfer the title on the manufactured equipment to the customer, and the customer is responsible for transportation expenses, insurance, and any transport-related damage to the equipment in transit. We do not hold any obligation to deliver beyond the collection warehouse, and it is the customers’ contractual responsibility to ensure their goods reach their destination.   For the year ending December 31 2022 there two customers 2 customers totaling 12% whose revenue was more than 10% and for the year ending December 31 2023 reporting period there were no customers whose revenue was more than 10% of the total revenue.     Payments received as deposits for specific purchase orders or future laser equipment sales to customers are recognized as customer deposits and included in liabilities on the balance sheet. Customer deposits are recognized as revenue when control over the ordered equipment is transferred to the customer.   Refunds and returns, which are minimal, are recorded as a reduction of revenue. Payments received from customers before satisfying the above criteria are recorded as unearned income on the balance sheet.   All revenues are reported in net of any sales discounts or taxes.   For the year ending December 31 2022 there was one customer – Perimmo, whos revenue was more than 10% ($388,045) and for the year ending December 31 2023 reporting period there were no customers whose revenue was more than 10% of the total revenue.   Other Distributor related Revenue Recognition Matters   Distributors generally have no right to return unsold equipment. However, in limited circumstances, if the company determines that distributor stock is morally aging beyond the company’s new model releases, it may accept returns and provide the distributor with credit against their trading account at the company’s discretion under its warranty policy. This revenue is recognized on a consignment basis and transfer of control is when item is sold to end customer at which time the company recognizes revenue.   Fair Value of Financial Instruments   The Company applies the accounting guidance under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 820-10, “Fair Value Measurements”, as well as certain related FASB staff positions. This guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact business and considers assumptions that marketplace participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of nonperformance.   The guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy for measurements of fair value as follows:   ☐ Level 1 - quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.       ☐ Level 2 - inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.       ☐ Level 3 - unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.   The carrying amount of the Company’s financial instruments approximates their fair value as of December 31, 2022 and 2023, due to the short-term nature of these instruments.     Income Taxes.   Under ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.   Provisions for income taxes are based on taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred income taxes. Deferred income taxes are provided on differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements and on tax carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the financial statements at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. A valuation allowance is provided against deferred income tax assets when it is not more likely than not that the deferred income tax assets will be realized.   Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2023 there were no deferred taxes due to the uncertainty of the realization of net operating loss or carry forward prior to expiration.   The provision for income taxes is calculated at a US corporate tax rate of approximately 21% (2022: 21%) as follows:  SCHEDULE OF INCOME TAXES     2023     2022       $     $   Expected income tax (expense) recovery from net (income) loss     790,846       439,754   Tax effect of expenses not deductible for income tax:                 Annual effect of book/tax differences     3,765,932       2,094,064   Change in the valuation allowance     (4,586,841 )     (2,533,818 )   Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements   From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by FASB or other standard setting bodies that are adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date.   ASU 2016-13 Current Expected Credit Loss (ASC326)   In December 2021, the FASB issued an update to ASU No. 2016-13 the Current Expected Credit Losses (CECL) standard (ASC 326), which is designed to provide greater transparency and understanding of credit risk by incorporating estimated, forward-looking data when measuring lifetime Estimated Credit Losses (ECL) and requires enhanced financial statement disclosures. This guidance was adopted on January 1, 2023, As s a result Allowance and amount recorded for the year 2022 and 2023 is $18,397 and $216,083 accordingly.   The Company evaluates all Accounting Standard Updates (“ASUs”) issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) for consideration of their applicability. ASUs not included in our disclosures were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.

v3.24.2.u1

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023
Related Party Transactions [Abstract]
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS	NOTE 3 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS –   ICT Investments owns 4,688,695 shares of the Company’s common stock. Prior to the closing of the Company’s IPO on October 4, 2022, this represented 96.1% of the total shares outstanding. As of December 31, 2022, ICT Investments owns 59.5% of the total shares outstanding. Dmitriy Nikitin is the Managing Partner of ICT Investments and has controlled the Company since its inception. As of the end of 2023 the % is 58.7.%   Since the date of incorporation on November 8, 2019, the Company has engaged in the following transactions with our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of its voting securities, and affiliates or immediately family members of its directors, executive officers, and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and its co-founders. The Company believes that all these transactions were on terms as favorable as could have been obtained from unrelated third parties.   In October 2020, the Company issued a promissory note 2 to ICT Investments in the principal amount of $745,438 bearing 6% annual interest with a maturity date of December 31, 2023. This Note was paid in full as of December 31, 2022.   In September 2022, the Company issued a promissory note to ICT Investments in the principal amount of $100,000 bearing 10% annual interest with a maturity date of September 29, 2023. This note was paid in full as of December 31, 2022.   In April 2023, company issued former CFO 25,000 shares upon departure from the Company.   In October 2023 were issued and transferred 1,000,000 shares to Fonon Technologies Incorporated. In addition, PPE including a Printer, working van, and computer and furniture of $254,327.84 and $900,000 of services were transferred to Fonon in support of this transaction. The total amount of $1,240,000 was distributed in the Equity statement.   During the years ending December 31, 2023, and 2022, the Company paid $108,268 and $133,212, respectively, to Dmitriy Nikitin for advisory fees and allowances. During the years ending December 31, 2023, and 2022, the Company paid $92,526 and $86,914 to ICT Investments for accounting services and SEC filing related work, accordingly.   During the year ending December 31, 2022, the Company paid $86,460 to ICT Investments for product components and raw materials.

v3.24.2.u1

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY/DEFICIT	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023
Equity [Abstract]
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY/DEFICIT	NOTE 4 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY/DEFICIT   General   The following description of our securities and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws that will be in effect on the closing of this offering. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the Shares, and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will be in effect on the closing of this offering.   Preferred Stock     ● Par value: $0.001         ● Authorized: 10,000,000         ● Issued: There were no preferred shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2023   Common Stock     ● Par value: $0.001   ● Authorized: 100,000,000   ● Issued: 7,878,417 shares are outstanding as at December 31, 2022 and 9,253,417 as of December 31, 2023     On February 2nd 2024 17,000 Shares of Common stock were issued to Jade Barnwell, the former Laser Photonics CFO, under the terms of employment.   Warrants   As of December 31 2023 there were 180,000 Warrants Outstanding   Options   As of December 31 2023 there were no Options Issued or Outstanding   Preferred Stock   Shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series as may be determined by the board of directors. The board of directors may fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof without any further vote or action by the stockholders of the Company, except that no holder of preferred stock shall have pre-emptive rights. Any shares of preferred stock so issued would typically have priority over the common stock concerning dividend or liquidation rights. The board of directors does not at present intend to seek stockholder approval prior to any issuance of currently authorized stock unless otherwise required by law.   Common Stock   Holders of shares of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders. Holders of common stock do not have cumulative voting rights.   Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratable in dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors in its discretion from funds legally available therefore.   Holders of common stock have no pre-emptive rights to purchase the Company’s common stock. There are no conversion or redemption rights or sinking fund provisions with respect to the common stock. The Company may issue additional shares of common stock which could dilute its current shareholder’s share value.   2023   During the quarter ended June 30, 2023, the Company issued 350,000 shares of common stock were issued as compensation for services to TraDigital. These were recorded at a fair value based on the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of the agreement.   During the quarter ended June 30, 2023, the Company issued 25,000 shares of common stock were issued as compensation for services to Company former Vice President of Finance Tim Schick. These were recorded at a fair value based on the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of the agreement.   During the quarter ended December 31, 2023, the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock as consideration of the license agreement granted by Fonon Technologies, Inc. These were recorded at a fair value based on the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of the agreement.     2022   During the quarter ended December 31, 2022, the Company issued 3,000,000 shares of common stock as a public float resalted from Company IPO. These were recorded as a paid in capital of the Company’s stock on the date of IPO..   As of December 31, 2023, and 2022, Stockholders’ Equity was $13,929,252 and $17,131,488, respectively.   Treasury Stock repurchase   In October 2023 there were 24,937 shares of treasury stock repurchased totaling $33,560 for the stocks with an additional service charge expense of $250 for a total cost of $33,810   Warrants   On December 12, 2022: 180,000 warrants were issued to the following members of Alexander Capital, the Underwriter of the IPO. The warrants are exercisable at $6.00 per share, between March 28, 2023, and September 29, 2027:   SCHEDULE OF WARRANTS     Execution price     Amount     Total value   Warrants as at December 31, 2022   $ 6       180,000       1,080,000   Issued             -           Expired             -           Warrants as at December 31, 2023   $ 6       180,000       1,080,000     There has been no activity as of the end of December 31, 2023

v3.24.2.u1

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES	NOTE 5 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES   In October 2021, a lease on 18,000 SF facility was signed with the landlord for three years, terminating on October 31, 2024. The monthly rent for this facility is currently $15,109. The Company entered into a lease for additional 8000 SF of office space adjacent to the original facility for an additional $10,000/ month in October 2023. The combined expense monthly expense is $25,109   In December 2022, we entered into an agreement with 2701 Maitland Building Associates to rent 8,000 sf of additional office space nearby the main facility, for our growing sales and marketing program. The monthly rent for this space is currently $14,805.   As of January 1, 2020, we adopted ASU 2016-02 employing the cumulative-effect adjustment transition method, resulting in the recognition on our balance sheet of $597,143 as a right-of-use asset for operating leases, $434,153 as a current operating lease liability, and $ 162,990 as a lease liability less the current portion.   The maturity amounts of our lease liabilities are as follows:  SCHEDULE OF MATURITY OF LEASE LIABILITIES  Year ending December 31,   Operating Leases   2024   $ 434,153   2025   $ 162,990   Total   $ 597,143

v3.24.2.u1

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023
Subsequent Events [Abstract]
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS	NOTE 6 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS   The Company’s management has evaluated subsequent events up to April 15, 2024, the date the financial statements were issued, pursuant to the requirements of ASC 855 and has the following events to report.   On February 2nd 2024 17,000 Shares of Common stock were issued to Jade Barnwell, the former Laser Photonics CFO, under the terms of employment.

v3.24.2.u1

RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIALS 2023	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023
Accounting Changes and Error Corrections [Abstract]
RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIALS 2023	Note 7 – Restatement of Financials 2023 NOTE 7 – RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIALS 2023   As a result of the Company’s predecessor auditor, Fruci & Associates II, PLLC (“Fruci”), identifying an adjusting entry that Fruci had proposed and that was posted by the Company that overstated deferred revenue and needed to be corrected.   SCHEDULE OF RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIALS           Restatement         Balance Sheet   As Filed     Adjustments     As Restated   Assets                         Cash and cash equivalent   $ 6,201,137     $ 0     $ 6,201,137   Accounts receivable, net   $ 816,364     $ 0     $ 816,364   Inventory   $ 2,277,816     $ -40,360     $ 2,237,456   Other Assets   $ 39,190     $ 0     $ 39,190   Total current assets   $ 9,334,507     $ 0     $ 9,294,147   PP&E   $ 952,811     $ 0     $ 952,811   Intangible Assets Net   $ 4,279,986     $ 0     $ 4,279,986   Operating Lease Right of Use Asset   $ 597,143     $ 0     $ 597,143                             Total assets   $ 15,164,447     $ -40,360     $ 15,124,087                             Liabilities                         Current Liabilities                         Accounts payable   $ 223,040     $ 0     $ 223,040   Deferred revenue   $ 701,234     $ -488,120     $ 213,114   Current Portion of Operating Lease   $ 434,152     $ 0     $ 434,152   Accrued expenses   $ 161,538     $ 0     $ 161,538   Total current liabilities   $ 1,519,964     $ -488,120     $ 1,031,844   Total Long Term liabilities   $ 162,991     $ 0     $ 162,991   Total Liability   $ 1,682,955     $ -488,120     $ 1,194,835   Total stockholders’ equity   $ 13,481,492     $ 447,761     $ 13,929,252   Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 15,164,447     $ -40,359     $ 15,124,087                                   Restatement         Statement of operations   As Filed     Adjustments     As Restated   Net Sales   $ 3,939,474     $ 0     $ 3,939,473   Cost of Sales   $ 1,489,457     $ -447,761     $ 1,041,697   Gross Profit   $ 2,450,017     $ 447,761     $ 2,897,776   Operating Expenses:   $ 6,246,011     $ 0     $ 6,246,011   Operating Income   $ -3,795,994       447,760       -3,348,234   Onter income   $ 30,063     $ 0     $ 30,063   Net Income (Loss)   $ -3,765,932     $ 447,761     $ -3,318,171                             Income (Loss) per Share                         Basic   $ -0.42     $ 0.05     $ -0.37   Diluted   $ -0.42     $ 0.05     $ -0.37                  Restatement             As Filed     Adjustments     As Restated   Cash Flows From:                         OPERATING ACTIVITIES   $                   Net Income (Loss)   $ -3,765,932     $ 447,761       -3,318,171   Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities:                       Shares issued on conversion of debt   $ 0     $ 0       -   Shares to be issued as consideration for services   $ -     $ 0       -   Shares issued for compensation   $ 145,550     $ 0       145,550   Distribution to affiliate   $ -1,214,325     $ 0       -1,214,325   Depreciation & Amortization   $ 523,380     $ 0       523,380   Net Change, Right-of-Use Asset & Liabilities   $ -31,775     $ 0       -31,775   Accounts Receivable   $ -395,002     $ 0       -395,002   Inventory   $ -1,231,796     $ 40,359       -1,191,437   Prepaids & Other Current Assets   $ 32,910     $ 0       32,910   Stock Account   $  -     $ -       -   Accounts Payable   $ 32,653     $ 0       32,653   Accrued Expenses   $ -267,464     $ 0       -267,464   21030 Deferred Revenue   $ 701,234     $ -488,120       213,114   Net Cash From (Used In) Operating Activities   $ -5,470,618     $ 51       -5,470,567                             INVESTING ACTIVITIES                         Purchase of Equipment   $ -76,636     $ -50       -76,686   Affiliate companies   $ -     $ 0       -   Purchase of R&D Equipment   $ -     $ 0       -   Demonstration Equipment   $ -     $ 0       0   Purchase of Intangible Assets   $ -408,169     $ 0       -408,169   Net Cash From (Used In) Investing Activities   $ -484,805     $ -50       -484,855                           FINANCING ACTIVITIES                       Proceeds from (Repayment of) Notes     -       -       -   Proceeds from (Repayment of) PPP Loan                         Dividends Paid   $ -     $ -       -   Proceeds from Sale of Common Stock   $ -25,240     $ 0       -25,240   Net Cash From (Used In) Financing Activities   $ -25,240     $ 0       -25,240   Net Cash Flow for Period   $ -5,980,663     $ -1       -5,980,662   Cash - Beginning of Period   $ 12,181,799     $ 0       12,181,799   Cash - End of Period   $ 6,201,136     $ -1       6,201,137   NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES                       Share issued for purchase of license   $ 1,210,000     $ 0       1,210,000   SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION                       Cash Received / Paid During the Period for:                       Income Taxes   $ -     $ -       -   Interest   $ 39,509     $ 0       39,509

v3.24.2.u1

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Use of Estimates	Use of Estimates   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Our significant estimates and assumptions include depreciation and the fair value of our stock, stock-based compensation, debt discount and the valuation allowance relating to the Company’s deferred tax assets.   Assets
Cash and Cash Equivalents	Cash and Cash Equivalents   Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. Company has $6,000,000 in flexible CD account with Bank of America. The terms on this CD if flexible, there is no fixed maturity day on CD, and funds can be withdrawn at any time without penalty.   As of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, the Company had $6,201,137 and $12,181,799 of cash, respectively. We do have bank accounts with exposure $5,951,137 over FDIC insurability of $250,000 as of year-end 2023 and $11,931,799 as of year-end 2022.
Accounts Receivable	Accounts Receivable   Trade accounts receivable are recorded net of allowance for expected uncollectible accounts. The Company extends credit to its customers in the normal course of business and performs on-going credit evaluations of its customers. All accounts, or portions thereof, that are deemed uncollectible are written off to bad debt expense, as incurred. As of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, the Company’s ledger had $ 816,364 and $ 421,362, respectively as a balance for collectible accounts. Allowance and amount recognized as bad debt for 2022 is $18,397 for 2023 is $216,083. In 2023 The Company implemented processes to be in compliance with ASC326. (See Note 2 – Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements).   For the reporting periods of year ending December 31 2022 and for year ending December 31 2023 there were no customers whose Account Receivables were greater than 10% of the total amount of AR.
Advertising Expenses	Advertising Expenses   Marketing, advertising and promotion expenditures are expensed in the annual period in which the expenditure is incurred.
Research & Development Expenses	Research & Development Expenses   Research & Development expenditures are expensed in the annual period in which the expenditure is incurred.
Stock Based Compensation	Stock Based Compensation   The Company accounts for stock-based payments in accordance with the provision of ASC 718, which requires that all share-based payments issued to acquire goods or services, including grants of employee stock options, be recognized in the statement of operations based on their fair values, net of estimated forfeitures. ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Compensation expense related to share-based awards is recognized over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.   The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards issued to non-employees for services, as prescribed by ASC 718-10, at either the fair value of the services rendered or the instruments issued in exchange for such services, whichever is more readily determinable. The Company issues compensatory shares for services including, but not limited to, executive, management, accounting, operations, corporate communication, financial and administrative consulting services.
Lease Accounting	Lease Accounting   The Company leases office space and the production facility under operating lease agreements. The lease term begins on the date of initial possession of the leased property for purposes of recognizing lease expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease renewal periods are considered on a lease-by-lease basis and are generally not included in the initial lease term.
Inventory	Inventory   Inventories are stated at a lower cost or net realizable value using the first-in first-out (FIFO) method. The Company has four principal categories of inventory:   Sales demonstration inventory-Sales demonstration inventory represents completed product used to support the Company’s sales force for demonstrations and held for sale. Sales demonstration inventory is held in the Company’s demo facilities or by its sales representatives for up to three years, at which time it would be refurbished and transferred to finished goods as used equipment, stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company expects these refurbished units to remain in finished goods inventory and sold within 12 months at prices that produce reduced gross margins.   Equipment parts inventory- This inventory represents components and raw materials that are currently in the process of being converted to a certifiable lot of saleable products through the manufacturing and/or equipment assembly process. Inventories include parts and components that may be specialized in nature and subject to rapid obsolescence. The Company periodically reviews the quantities and carrying values of inventories to assess whether the inventories are recoverable. Because of the Company’s vertical integration, a significant or sudden decrease in sales activity could result in a significant change in the estimates of excess or obsolete inventory valuation. The costs associated with provisions for excess quantities, technological obsolescence, or component rejections are charged to cost of sales as incurred.   Work in process inventory-Work in process inventory consists of inventory that is partially manufactured or not fully assembled as of the date of these financial statements. This equipment, machines, parts, frames, lasers and assemblies are items not ready for use or resale. Costs are accumulated as work in process until sales ready items are compete when it is moved to finished goods inventory. Amounts in this account represent items at various stages of completion at the Registration date. Types of costs allocated to WIP include only cost of materials and finished goods inventory used to manufacture specific product.     Finished goods inventory- Finished goods inventory consists of purchased inventory that was fully manufactured, assembled or in salable condition. Finished goods inventory is comprised of items that are complete and ready for commercial application without further cost other than delivery and setup. Finished goods inventory includes demo and other equipment, lasers, software, machines, parts or assemblies.   On December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively, the Company’s inventory consisted of the following:  SCHEDULE OF INVENTORY Inventory     Dec 31, 23       Dec 31, 22   Equipment Parts Inventory   $ 862,941     $ 759,930   Finished Goods Inventory     992,744       254,656   Sales Demo Inventory     162,958       0   Work in process Inventory     243,029       31,434   Inventory Reserve   $ (24,216 )   $     Total Inventory   $ 2,237,456     $ 1,046,020     Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market value. Inventory includes parts and components that may be specialized in nature and subject to rapid obsolescence. Company maintains a reserve for excess or obsolete inventory items. Inventories are written off and charged to the cost of goods sold when identified as excess or obsolete. If future sales differ from these forecasts, the valuation of excess and obsolete inventory may change, and additional inventory provisions may be required. Because of our vertical integration, a significant or sudden decrease in sales could result in a significant change in the estimates of excess or obsolete inventory valuation.   On December 31, 2023, the Company recorded $24,216 in inventory obsolescence reserve in comparison to a markdown of $101,698 in the prior year. It was determined there was no further reserve required for the year ended December 31 2022.
Fixed Assets- Plant Machinery and Equipment	Fixed Assets- Plant Machinery and Equipment   Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized and minor replacements, maintenance, and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When property and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations for the respective period.   Machinery and Equipment   Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method for financial statement purposes. The Company will use other depreciation methods (generally accelerated) for tax purposes where appropriate. The estimated useful lives for significant property and equipment categories are as follows:  SCHEDULE OF ESTIMATED USEFUL LIVES FOR SIGNIFICANT PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Category   Economic Useful Life Office furniture and fixtures   3-5 years Machinery and equipment   5-7 years Intangible Assets   15 years    SCHEDULE OF FIXED ASSETS Fixed Assets     2023       2022       31-Dec   Fixed Assets     2023       2022   Accumulated Depreciation   $ (729,956 )   $ (483,800 ) Machinery & Equipment     796,783       797,695   Office Furniture & Computer Equipment     77,487       80,909   Vehicles     90,959       9,989   R&D Equipment     37,973       37,973   Leasehold improvements     31,775       -   Demonstration equipment   $ 647,790     $ 647,790   Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross   $ 647,790     $ 647,790   Total Fixed Assets   $ 952,811     $ 1,090,556     As of December 31, 2023, the Company recorded $ 952,811 of capital assets net of depreciation in comparison to $1,090,556 recorded on December 31, 2022. Accordingly, depreciation in 2023 was recorded at $267,381in comparison to $204,733in 2022. Updating table for 15 years, Depreciation expense coming from team
Intangible Assets	Intangible Assets   Intangible assets consist primarily of capitalized equipment design documentation, software costs for equipment manufactured for sale, research, and development, as well as certain patent, trademark and license costs. Capitalized software and equipment design documentation development costs are recorded in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 985 “Software” with costs amortized using the straight-line method over a ten-year period. Patent, trademark and license costs are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of 15 years. On an ongoing basis, management reviews the valuation of intangible assets to determine if there has been impairment by comparing the related assets’ carrying value to the undiscounted estimated future cash flows and/or operating income from related operations.   The Company’s intangible assets are deemed to have indefinite lives and, accordingly, are not amortized, but are evaluated for impairment at least annually, but more often whenever changes in facts and circumstances occur which may indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.   The Company employs various core technologies across many different product families and applications in an effort to maximize the impact of our research and development costs and increase economies of scale and to leverage its technology-specific expertise across multiple product platforms. The technologies inherent in its laser equipment products include application documentation, proprietary and custom software developed for operation of its equipment, specific knowledge of supply chain and, mostly important, equipment design documentation, consisting of 3D engineering drawings, bills of materials, wiring diagrams, parts AutoCad drawings, software architecture documentation, etc. Intangible assets were received from a related party, ICT Investments, and therefore transferred and booked by Laser Photonics Corp. at their historical cost.   As of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, the Company had $4,279,986 and $2,939,041, respectively of intangible property. Amortization expense for the year ended December 31 2022 was $233,099 and for the year ended December 31 2023 was $255,999.  SCHEDULE OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS Intangible Assets     2023       2022       December 31st   Intangible Assets     2023       2022   Accumulated Amortization   $ (725,228 )   $ (469,229 ) Customer Relationships     211,000       211,000   Equipment Design Documentation     2,675,000       2,675,000   Operational Software & Website     339,539       305,470   Trademarks     216,800       216,800   License & Patents   $ 1,562,875     $ -   Intangible Assets, Gross   $ 1,562,875     $ -   Total Intangible Assets   $ 4,279,986     $ 2,939,041
Long- Lived Assets	Long- Lived Assets   Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment is measured by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from use of the assets and their ultimate disposition. In instances where impairment is determined to exist, the Company writes down the asset to its fair value based on the present value of estimated future cash flows.
Sales Tax Liability	Sales Tax Liability   Sales tax liability is created when the Company sells equipment and services to another entity located in the State of Florida. Currently the sales tax rate in the Company’s County of business is 6.5%. As of December 31, 2023, we had $106 sales tax liability as compared to $0 recorded on December 31, 2022.
Accounts Payable	Accounts Payable   Accounts payable consist of short-term liability to our vendors and sub-contractors, who extend credit terms to the Company or deliver goods or services with delayed payment terms. As of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, our accounts payable were recorded at $223,040 and $190,387, respectively.
Deferred Revenue	Deferred Revenue   Deferred Revenue is primarily comprised of products that have been made available to key distributors that has not been sold. As of December 31, 2023 the Company had $ 213,114, and December 31, 2022 the Company’s deferred revenue liabilities were recorded at zero.   As of December 31, 2023, there were no loan balances owed by the Company.
Long-Lived Assets	Long-Lived Assets   Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment is measured by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from use of the assets and their ultimate disposition. In instances where impairment is determined to exist, the Company writes down the asset to its fair value based on the present value of estimated future cash flows.
Earnings/(Loss) per Share	Earnings/(Loss) per Share   Basic earnings/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing the earnings/(loss) attributable to stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings/(loss) per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that shared in the earnings/(loss) of the Company. Diluted earnings/(loss) per share is computed by dividing the earnings/(loss) available to stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period and dilutive potential shares outstanding unless such dilutive potential shares would result in anti-dilution. There were 180,000 warrants for shares available to potentially issued at the end of 2023 and 25,000 options on December 31 of 2022.     On December 31, 2023, the Company recorded a $0.37 diluted loss per share, as compared to a $0.37 diluted loss per share on December 31, 2022.
Relationship with distributors	Relationship with distributors:   All orders received on a revolving basis in accordance with LPC standard Terms and Conditions of Sale. Orders are not cancelable. Orders typically consist of multiple units. Payment terms ate typically Net 120 days from transferring the ownership of equipment to Distributor. Revenue recognized on a “piece by piece” equipment bases after appropriate transfer equipment ownership to Distributor. Payments are made by Distributor to The Company when Distributor collects funds from their regional customers, or then they have funds availability to reduce the outstanding balance. The company allocates payments in accordance with LPC Accounting practices. Detailed aging is accounted in MRP system – DBA Manufacturing keeping records of all equipment units ever manufactured with coordinating serial numbers. Higher level account related data with payment history is recorded in the Company’s Quick Books Accounting software.
Distributor Discounts	Distributor Discounts   Distributors and representatives earn various rebates and discounts based on purchase volume commitments and the achievement of certain performance KPIs. The company estimates the number of discounts based on historical volumes, geographical market, end customer buying potential, and the ordered equipment amount. The company also utilizes various programs to offer volume cash discounts, first customer discounts, or reimburse distributors for certain expenses, mainly associated with warranty, transportation costs, and inventory interest costs incurred by the distributor for limited periods of time, generally up to eighteen months.
Revenue Recognition Policy	Revenue Recognition Policy   Under Topic 606, an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of Topic 606, the entity performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of Topic 606, we assess the goods or services promised within each contract and determine those that are performance obligations and assess whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.   Revenue is then recognized for the transaction price allocated to each respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied. For our products, revenue is generally recognized on a free on-board origin (FOB Origin) basis. This means that revenue is recognized when our products have been manufactured, crated, and placed in the collection warehouse for customer pick-up in accordance with the Customer Quote and Company Terms and Conditions of Sale. Our manufacturing process is controlled by a Manufacturing Resource Planning (MRP) software - DBA Manufacturing, and fulfilled and closed Job order triggering the product readiness to be transferred to the customer. At that stage we fulfill all our obligations, as per our Terms and Conditions of sale, inform Customer by email or phone that his product order is ready for the scheduled pickup, and transfer the title on the manufactured equipment to the customer, and the customer is responsible for transportation expenses, insurance, and any transport-related damage to the equipment in transit. We do not hold any obligation to deliver beyond the collection warehouse, and it is the customers’ contractual responsibility to ensure their goods reach their destination.   For the year ending December 31 2022 there two customers 2 customers totaling 12% whose revenue was more than 10% and for the year ending December 31 2023 reporting period there were no customers whose revenue was more than 10% of the total revenue.     Payments received as deposits for specific purchase orders or future laser equipment sales to customers are recognized as customer deposits and included in liabilities on the balance sheet. Customer deposits are recognized as revenue when control over the ordered equipment is transferred to the customer.   Refunds and returns, which are minimal, are recorded as a reduction of revenue. Payments received from customers before satisfying the above criteria are recorded as unearned income on the balance sheet.   All revenues are reported in net of any sales discounts or taxes.   For the year ending December 31 2022 there was one customer – Perimmo, whos revenue was more than 10% ($388,045) and for the year ending December 31 2023 reporting period there were no customers whose revenue was more than 10% of the total revenue.   Other Distributor related Revenue Recognition Matters   Distributors generally have no right to return unsold equipment. However, in limited circumstances, if the company determines that distributor stock is morally aging beyond the company’s new model releases, it may accept returns and provide the distributor with credit against their trading account at the company’s discretion under its warranty policy. This revenue is recognized on a consignment basis and transfer of control is when item is sold to end customer at which time the company recognizes revenue.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments	Fair Value of Financial Instruments   The Company applies the accounting guidance under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 820-10, “Fair Value Measurements”, as well as certain related FASB staff positions. This guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact business and considers assumptions that marketplace participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of nonperformance.   The guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy for measurements of fair value as follows:   ☐ Level 1 - quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.       ☐ Level 2 - inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.       ☐ Level 3 - unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.   The carrying amount of the Company’s financial instruments approximates their fair value as of December 31, 2022 and 2023, due to the short-term nature of these instruments.
Income Taxes	Income Taxes.   Under ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.   Provisions for income taxes are based on taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred income taxes. Deferred income taxes are provided on differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements and on tax carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the financial statements at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. A valuation allowance is provided against deferred income tax assets when it is not more likely than not that the deferred income tax assets will be realized.   Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2023 there were no deferred taxes due to the uncertainty of the realization of net operating loss or carry forward prior to expiration.   The provision for income taxes is calculated at a US corporate tax rate of approximately 21% (2022: 21%) as follows:  SCHEDULE OF INCOME TAXES     2023     2022       $     $   Expected income tax (expense) recovery from net (income) loss     790,846       439,754   Tax effect of expenses not deductible for income tax:                 Annual effect of book/tax differences     3,765,932       2,094,064   Change in the valuation allowance     (4,586,841 )     (2,533,818 )
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements	Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements   From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by FASB or other standard setting bodies that are adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date.   ASU 2016-13 Current Expected Credit Loss (ASC326)   In December 2021, the FASB issued an update to ASU No. 2016-13 the Current Expected Credit Losses (CECL) standard (ASC 326), which is designed to provide greater transparency and understanding of credit risk by incorporating estimated, forward-looking data when measuring lifetime Estimated Credit Losses (ECL) and requires enhanced financial statement disclosures. This guidance was adopted on January 1, 2023, As s a result Allowance and amount recorded for the year 2022 and 2023 is $18,397 and $216,083 accordingly.   The Company evaluates all Accounting Standard Updates (“ASUs”) issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) for consideration of their applicability. ASUs not included in our disclosures were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.

v3.24.2.u1

ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS (Tables)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
SCHEDULE OF RESTATEMENT OF RECONCILIATION	Note 1. Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements (In Millions)  SCHEDULE OF RESTATEMENT OF RECONCILIATION (In Millions)       Restatement     Balance Sheet   As Filed   Adjustments   As Restated Assets             Cash and cash equivalent   $ 12,182     $ 0     $ 12,182   Accounts receivable, net   $ 1,347     $ -926     $ 421   Prepaid expenses and other current assets   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0   Inventory   $ 1,693     $ -647     $ 1,046   Other Assets   $ 72     $ 0     $ 72   Total current assets   $ 15,294     $ -1,575     $ 13,721   PP&E   $ 1,091     $ 0     $ 1,091   Intangible Assets Net   $ 2,939     $ 0     $ 2,939   Operating Lease Right of Use Asset   $ 832     $ 0     $ 832                             Total assets   $ 20,156     $ -1,575     $ 18,583                             Liabilities                         Current Liabilities                         Accounts payable   $ 190     $ 0     $ 190   Deferred revenue   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0   Current Portion of Operating Lease   $ 345     $ 0     $ 345   Accrued expenses   $ 351     $ 78     $ 429   Total current liabilities   $ 886     $ 78     $ 964   Long Term Liabilities   $           $ 0     $ 0   Lease Liability less current   $ 488     $ 0     $ 488   Total Long Term liabilities   $ 488     $ 0     $ 488   Total Liabilitiy   $ 1,374     $ 78     $ 1,452   Stockholders’ Equity   $             0       0   Preferred Stock   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0   Common Stock   $ 8     $ 0     $ 8   Shares to be issued   $ 829     $ 0     $ 829   Additional paid-in capital   $ 18,211     $ 0     $ 18,211   Retained Earnings   $ -720     $ -1,197     $ -1,917   Total stockholders’ equity   $ 18,328     $ -360     $ 17,131   Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 19,702     $ -282     $ 18,583       (In Millions)         Restatement         Statement of operations   As Filed     Adjustments     As Restated   Net Sales   $ 4,955     $ -1,061     $ 3,894   Other income   $ -     $ 7     $ 7   Cost of Sales   $ 2,088     $ -134     $ 1,954   Gross Profit   $ 2,867     $ -920     $ 1,947   Operating Expenses:   $       $       $     Sales & Marketing   $ 1,678     $ 0     $ 1,678   General & Administrative   $ 1,823     $ -929     $ 894   Depreciation & Amortization   $ 345     $ 94     $ 438   Payroll Expenses   $ 811     $ 78     $ 889   Total other Income Expense   $ 18     $ -     $ 18   Research & Development   $ 100     $ -     $ 100   Total Operating Expenses   $ 4,775     $ -757     $ 4,017   Operating Income (Loss)   $ -1,908     $ -163     $ -2,070   Interest Expense   $ -25     $ 0     $ -25   Income (Loss) Before Tax   $ -1,933     $ -163     $ -2,095   Onter income   $ 7     $ -7     $ 0   Net Income (Loss)   $ -1,926     $ -170     $ -2,095                             Income (Loss) per Share                         Basic   $ -0.18     $ -0.17     $ -0.35   Diluted   $ -0.18     $ -0.09     $ -0.35               Restatement         (In Millions)   As Filed     Adjustments     As Restated   Statement of cash flows                         OPERATING ACTIVITIES             Net Income (Loss)   $ -1,926      $ -170       -2,095   Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities:               Shares to be issued as consideration for services   $ 0     $ 829       829   Depreciation & Amortization   $ 345     $ 93       438   Lease liability - less current   $ 0     $ 0       0   Operating lease right-of-use   $ 0     $ 0       0   Net Change, Right-of-Use Asset & Liabilities   $ 0     $ 0       0   Change in Operating Assets & Liabilities:   $       $ 0       0   Accounts Receivable   $ 1,263     $ -1,574       -311   Inventory   $ 97     $ 648       745   Prepaids & Other Current Assets   $ 77     $ -132       -55   Stock Account   $ 0     $ 0       0   Accounts Payable   $ 77     $ 8       85   Accrued Expenses   $ 1,181     $ -790       391   21030 Deferred Revenue   $ 0     $ -92       -92   24240 Lease liability Current Portion   $ 0     $ 173       173   Net Cash From (Used In) Operating Activities   $ -737     $ 673       -64                             INVESTING ACTIVITIES                 Purchase of Equipment   $ 0     $ -689       -689   Leasehold improvements   $ -17     $ 17       0   Affiliate companies   $ 0     $ -4       -4   Purchase of R&D Equipment   $ 0     $ 0       0   Demonstration Equipment   $ 0     $ 0       0   Purchase of Intangible Assets   $ -1     $ 1       0   Net Cash From (Used In) Investing Activities   $ -46     $ -647       -693                             FINANCING ACTIVITIES                         Proceeds from (Repayment of) Notes   $ -262     $ 0       -262   Proceeds from (Repayment of) PPP Loan   $ -317     $ 0       -317   Dividends Paid   $ 0     $ 0       0   Proceeds from Sale of Common Stock   $ 12,927     $ -30       12,897   Net Cash From (Used In) Financing Activities   $ 12,348     $ -782       11,566   Net Cash Flow for Period   $ 11,566     $ 0       11,566   Cash - Beginning of Period   $ 616     $ 0       616   Cash - End of Period   $ 12,182     $ 0       12,182   NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES   $ 0     $ 0       0   Shares issued on conversion of debt   $ 0     $ 0       0   Shares issued as consideration for services   $ 0     $ 0       0   Share issued for purchase of license   $ 0     $ 0       0   SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION   $ 0     $ 0       0   Cash Received / Paid During the Period for:   $ 0     $ 0       0   Income Taxes   $ 0     $ -109       -109   Interest   $ 0     $ -24       -24

v3.24.2.u1

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Tables)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
SCHEDULE OF INVENTORY	On December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively, the Company’s inventory consisted of the following:  SCHEDULE OF INVENTORY Inventory     Dec 31, 23       Dec 31, 22   Equipment Parts Inventory   $ 862,941     $ 759,930   Finished Goods Inventory     992,744       254,656   Sales Demo Inventory     162,958       0   Work in process Inventory     243,029       31,434   Inventory Reserve   $ (24,216 )   $     Total Inventory   $ 2,237,456     $ 1,046,020
SCHEDULE OF ESTIMATED USEFUL LIVES FOR SIGNIFICANT PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT	SCHEDULE OF ESTIMATED USEFUL LIVES FOR SIGNIFICANT PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Category   Economic Useful Life Office furniture and fixtures   3-5 years Machinery and equipment   5-7 years Intangible Assets   15 years
SCHEDULE OF FIXED ASSETS	SCHEDULE OF FIXED ASSETS Fixed Assets     2023       2022       31-Dec   Fixed Assets     2023       2022   Accumulated Depreciation   $ (729,956 )   $ (483,800 ) Machinery & Equipment     796,783       797,695   Office Furniture & Computer Equipment     77,487       80,909   Vehicles     90,959       9,989   R&D Equipment     37,973       37,973   Leasehold improvements     31,775       -   Demonstration equipment   $ 647,790     $ 647,790   Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross   $ 647,790     $ 647,790   Total Fixed Assets   $ 952,811     $ 1,090,556
SCHEDULE OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS	SCHEDULE OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS Intangible Assets     2023       2022       December 31st   Intangible Assets     2023       2022   Accumulated Amortization   $ (725,228 )   $ (469,229 ) Customer Relationships     211,000       211,000   Equipment Design Documentation     2,675,000       2,675,000   Operational Software & Website     339,539       305,470   Trademarks     216,800       216,800   License & Patents   $ 1,562,875     $ -   Intangible Assets, Gross   $ 1,562,875     $ -   Total Intangible Assets   $ 4,279,986     $ 2,939,041
SCHEDULE OF INCOME TAXES	The provision for income taxes is calculated at a US corporate tax rate of approximately 21% (2022: 21%) as follows:  SCHEDULE OF INCOME TAXES     2023     2022       $     $   Expected income tax (expense) recovery from net (income) loss     790,846       439,754   Tax effect of expenses not deductible for income tax:                 Annual effect of book/tax differences     3,765,932       2,094,064   Change in the valuation allowance     (4,586,841 )     (2,533,818 )

v3.24.2.u1

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY/DEFICIT (Tables)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023
Equity [Abstract]
SCHEDULE OF WARRANTS	SCHEDULE OF WARRANTS     Execution price     Amount     Total value   Warrants as at December 31, 2022   $ 6       180,000       1,080,000   Issued             -           Expired             -           Warrants as at December 31, 2023   $ 6       180,000       1,080,000

v3.24.2.u1

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Tables)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
SCHEDULE OF MATURITY OF LEASE LIABILITIES	The maturity amounts of our lease liabilities are as follows:  SCHEDULE OF MATURITY OF LEASE LIABILITIES  Year ending December 31,   Operating Leases   2024   $ 434,153   2025   $ 162,990   Total   $ 597,143

v3.24.2.u1

RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIALS 2023 (Tables)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023
Accounting Changes and Error Corrections [Abstract]
SCHEDULE OF RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIALS	SCHEDULE OF RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIALS           Restatement         Balance Sheet   As Filed     Adjustments     As Restated   Assets                         Cash and cash equivalent   $ 6,201,137     $ 0     $ 6,201,137   Accounts receivable, net   $ 816,364     $ 0     $ 816,364   Inventory   $ 2,277,816     $ -40,360     $ 2,237,456   Other Assets   $ 39,190     $ 0     $ 39,190   Total current assets   $ 9,334,507     $ 0     $ 9,294,147   PP&E   $ 952,811     $ 0     $ 952,811   Intangible Assets Net   $ 4,279,986     $ 0     $ 4,279,986   Operating Lease Right of Use Asset   $ 597,143     $ 0     $ 597,143                             Total assets   $ 15,164,447     $ -40,360     $ 15,124,087                             Liabilities                         Current Liabilities                         Accounts payable   $ 223,040     $ 0     $ 223,040   Deferred revenue   $ 701,234     $ -488,120     $ 213,114   Current Portion of Operating Lease   $ 434,152     $ 0     $ 434,152   Accrued expenses   $ 161,538     $ 0     $ 161,538   Total current liabilities   $ 1,519,964     $ -488,120     $ 1,031,844   Total Long Term liabilities   $ 162,991     $ 0     $ 162,991   Total Liability   $ 1,682,955     $ -488,120     $ 1,194,835   Total stockholders’ equity   $ 13,481,492     $ 447,761     $ 13,929,252   Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 15,164,447     $ -40,359     $ 15,124,087                                   Restatement         Statement of operations   As Filed     Adjustments     As Restated   Net Sales   $ 3,939,474     $ 0     $ 3,939,473   Cost of Sales   $ 1,489,457     $ -447,761     $ 1,041,697   Gross Profit   $ 2,450,017     $ 447,761     $ 2,897,776   Operating Expenses:   $ 6,246,011     $ 0     $ 6,246,011   Operating Income   $ -3,795,994       447,760       -3,348,234   Onter income   $ 30,063     $ 0     $ 30,063   Net Income (Loss)   $ -3,765,932     $ 447,761     $ -3,318,171                             Income (Loss) per Share                         Basic   $ -0.42     $ 0.05     $ -0.37   Diluted   $ -0.42     $ 0.05     $ -0.37                  Restatement             As Filed     Adjustments     As Restated   Cash Flows From:                         OPERATING ACTIVITIES   $                   Net Income (Loss)   $ -3,765,932     $ 447,761       -3,318,171   Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities:                       Shares issued on conversion of debt   $ 0     $ 0       -   Shares to be issued as consideration for services   $ -     $ 0       -   Shares issued for compensation   $ 145,550     $ 0       145,550   Distribution to affiliate   $ -1,214,325     $ 0       -1,214,325   Depreciation & Amortization   $ 523,380     $ 0       523,380   Net Change, Right-of-Use Asset & Liabilities   $ -31,775     $ 0       -31,775   Accounts Receivable   $ -395,002     $ 0       -395,002   Inventory   $ -1,231,796     $ 40,359       -1,191,437   Prepaids & Other Current Assets   $ 32,910     $ 0       32,910   Stock Account   $  -     $ -       -   Accounts Payable   $ 32,653     $ 0       32,653   Accrued Expenses   $ -267,464     $ 0       -267,464   21030 Deferred Revenue   $ 701,234     $ -488,120       213,114   Net Cash From (Used In) Operating Activities   $ -5,470,618     $ 51       -5,470,567                             INVESTING ACTIVITIES                         Purchase of Equipment   $ -76,636     $ -50       -76,686   Affiliate companies   $ -     $ 0       -   Purchase of R&D Equipment   $ -     $ 0       -   Demonstration Equipment   $ -     $ 0       0   Purchase of Intangible Assets   $ -408,169     $ 0       -408,169   Net Cash From (Used In) Investing Activities   $ -484,805     $ -50       -484,855                           FINANCING ACTIVITIES                       Proceeds from (Repayment of) Notes     -       -       -   Proceeds from (Repayment of) PPP Loan                         Dividends Paid   $ -     $ -       -   Proceeds from Sale of Common Stock   $ -25,240     $ 0       -25,240   Net Cash From (Used In) Financing Activities   $ -25,240     $ 0       -25,240   Net Cash Flow for Period   $ -5,980,663     $ -1       -5,980,662   Cash - Beginning of Period   $ 12,181,799     $ 0       12,181,799   Cash - End of Period   $ 6,201,136     $ -1       6,201,137   NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES                       Share issued for purchase of license   $ 1,210,000     $ 0       1,210,000   SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION                       Cash Received / Paid During the Period for:                       Income Taxes   $ -     $ -       -   Interest   $ 39,509     $ 0       39,509

v3.24.2.u1

SCHEDULE OF RESTATEMENT OF RECONCILIATION BALANCE SHEET (Details) - USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022	Dec. 31, 2021	Jan. 01, 2020
Assets
Cash and cash equivalent	$ 6,201,137	$ 12,181,799
Accounts receivable, net	816,364	421,362
Inventory	2,237,456	1,046,020
Other Assets	39,190	72,527
Total current assets	9,294,147	13,721,708
PP&E	952,811	1,090,556
Intangible Assets Net	4,279,986	2,939,041
Operating Lease Right of Use Asset	597,143	832,072		$ 597,143
Total assets	15,124,087	18,583,377
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable	223,040	190,387
Deferred revenue	213,114
Current Portion of Operating Lease	434,152	344,510		434,153
Accrued expenses	161,538	429,429
Total current liabilities	1,031,844	964,326
Long Term Liabilities
Lease Liability less current	162,991	487,562		$ 162,990
Total Long Term liabilities	162,991	487,562
Total Liabilitiy	1,194,835	1,451,888
Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred Stock
Common Stock	92,533	78,783
Shares to be issued		829,500
Additional paid-in capital	19,097,445	18,140,520
Retained Earnings	(5,235,486)	(1,917,315)
Total stockholders’ equity	13,929,252	17,131,488	$ 5,468,364
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	15,124,087	18,583,376
Previously Reported [Member]
Assets
Cash and cash equivalent	6,201,137	12,182,000
Accounts receivable, net	816,364	1,347,000
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		0
Inventory	2,277,816	1,693,000
Other Assets	39,190	72,000
Total current assets	9,334,507	15,294,000
PP&E	952,811	1,091,000
Intangible Assets Net	4,279,986	2,939,000
Operating Lease Right of Use Asset	597,143	832,000
Total assets	15,164,447	20,156,000
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable	223,040	190,000
Deferred revenue	701,234	0
Current Portion of Operating Lease	434,152	345,000
Accrued expenses	161,538	351,000
Total current liabilities	1,519,964	886,000
Long Term Liabilities
Lease Liability less current		488,000
Total Long Term liabilities	162,991	488,000
Total Liabilitiy	1,682,955	1,374,000
Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred Stock		0
Common Stock		8,000
Shares to be issued		829,000
Additional paid-in capital		18,211,000
Retained Earnings		(720,000)
Total stockholders’ equity	13,481,492	18,328,000
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	15,164,447	19,702,000
Revision of Prior Period, Reclassification, Adjustment [Member]
Assets
Cash and cash equivalent	0	0
Accounts receivable, net	0	(926,000)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		0
Inventory	(40,360)	(647,000)
Other Assets	0	0
Total current assets	0	(1,575,000)
PP&E	0	0
Intangible Assets Net	0	0
Operating Lease Right of Use Asset	0	0
Total assets	(40,360)	(1,575,000)
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable	0	0
Deferred revenue	(488,120)	0
Current Portion of Operating Lease	0	0
Accrued expenses	0	78,000
Total current liabilities	(488,120)	78,000
Long Term Liabilities
Lease Liability less current		0
Total Long Term liabilities	0	0
Total Liabilitiy	(488,120)	78,000
Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred Stock		0
Common Stock		0
Shares to be issued		0
Additional paid-in capital		0
Retained Earnings		(1,197,000)
Total stockholders’ equity	447,761	(36,000)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$ (40,359)	(282,000)
As Restated [Member]
Assets
Cash and cash equivalent		12,182,000
Accounts receivable, net		421,000
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		0
Inventory		1,046,000
Other Assets		72,000
Total current assets		13,721,000
PP&E		1,091,000
Intangible Assets Net		2,939,000
Operating Lease Right of Use Asset		832,000
Total assets		18,583,000
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable		190,000
Deferred revenue		0
Current Portion of Operating Lease		345,000
Accrued expenses		429,000
Total current liabilities		964,000
Long Term Liabilities
Lease Liability less current		488,000
Total Long Term liabilities		488,000
Total Liabilitiy		1,452,000
Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred Stock		0
Common Stock		8,000
Shares to be issued		829,000
Additional paid-in capital		18,211,000
Retained Earnings		(1,917,000)
Total stockholders’ equity		17,131,000
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity		$ 18,583,000

v3.24.2.u1

SCHEDULE OF RESTATEMENT OF RECONCILIATION STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Net Sales	$ 3,939,473	$ 3,894,901
Other income		7,169
Cost of Sales	1,041,697	1,954,328
Gross Profit	2,897,776	1,947,741
Operating Expenses:
Sales & Marketing	1,996,363	1,677,976
General & Administrative	1,902,760	894,521
Payroll Expenses	1,400,951	887,852
Research & Development	202,259	100,801
Total Operating Expenses	6,246,011	4,017,379
Operating Income (Loss)	(3,348,234)	(2,069,638)
Interest Expense		24,426
Income (Loss) Before Tax	(3,318,171)	(2,094,064)
Onter income		0
Net Income (Loss)	$ (3,318,171)	$ (2,094,064)
Income (Loss) per Share
Basic	$ (0.37)	$ (0.37)
Diluted	$ (0.37)	$ (0.37)
Previously Reported [Member]
Net Sales	$ 3,939,474	$ 4,955,000
Other income
Cost of Sales	1,489,457	2,088,000
Gross Profit	2,450,017	2,867,000
Operating Expenses:
Sales & Marketing		1,678,000
General & Administrative		1,823,000
Depreciation & Amortization		345,000
Payroll Expenses		811,000
Total other Income Expense		18,000
Research & Development		100,000
Total Operating Expenses	6,246,011	4,775,000
Operating Income (Loss)	(3,795,994)	(1,908,000)
Interest Expense		(25,000)
Income (Loss) Before Tax		(1,933,000)
Onter income		7,000
Net Income (Loss)	$ (3,765,932)	$ (1,926,000)
Income (Loss) per Share
Basic	$ (0.42)	$ (0.18)
Diluted	$ (0.42)	$ (0.18)
Revision of Prior Period, Reclassification, Adjustment [Member]
Net Sales	$ 0	$ (1,061,000)
Other income		7,000
Cost of Sales	(447,761)	(134,000)
Gross Profit	447,761	(920,000)
Operating Expenses:
Sales & Marketing		0
General & Administrative		(929,000)
Depreciation & Amortization		94,000
Payroll Expenses		78,000
Total other Income Expense
Research & Development
Total Operating Expenses	0	(757,000)
Operating Income (Loss)	447,760	(163,000)
Interest Expense		0
Income (Loss) Before Tax		(163,000)
Onter income		(7,000)
Net Income (Loss)	$ 447,761	$ (170,000)
Income (Loss) per Share
Basic	$ 0.05	$ (0.17)
Diluted	$ 0.05	$ (0.09)
As Restated [Member]
Net Sales		$ 3,894,000
Other income		7,000
Cost of Sales		1,954,000
Gross Profit		1,947,000
Operating Expenses:
Sales & Marketing		1,678,000
General & Administrative		894,000
Depreciation & Amortization		438,000
Payroll Expenses		889,000
Total other Income Expense		18,000
Research & Development		100,000
Total Operating Expenses		4,017,000
Operating Income (Loss)		(2,070,000)
Interest Expense		(25,000)
Income (Loss) Before Tax		(2,095,000)
Onter income		0
Net Income (Loss)		$ (2,095,000)
Income (Loss) per Share
Basic		$ (0.35)
Diluted		$ (0.35)

v3.24.2.u1

SCHEDULE OF RESTATEMENT OF RECONCILIATION STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income (Loss)	$ (3,318,171)	$ (2,094,064)
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
Shares to be issued as consideration for services
Depreciation & Amortization	523,380	437,832
Net Change, Right-of-Use Asset & Liabilities	(31,775)
Change in Operating Assets & Liabilities:
Accounts Receivable	(395,002)
Inventory	(1,191,437)	744,932
Prepaids & Other Current Assets	32,910	(54,722)
Stock Account
Accounts Payable	32,653	84,894
Accrued Expenses	(267,464)	391,218
21030 Deferred Revenue	213,114	(91,775)
Net Cash From (Used In) Operating Activities	(5,470,567)	(63,376)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of Equipment	(76,686)	(689,250)
Affiliate companies
Purchase of R&D Equipment
Demonstration Equipment	0
Purchase of Intangible Assets	(408,169)
Net Cash From (Used In) Investing Activities	(484,855)	(689,250)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from (Repayment of) Notes		(261,684)
Proceeds from (Repayment of) PPP Loan		(317,328)
Dividends Paid
Proceeds from Sale of Common Stock	(25,240)	12,897,688
Net Cash From (Used In) Financing Activities	(25,240)	12,318,676
Net Cash Flow for Period	(5,980,662)	11,566,050
Cash - Beginning of Period	12,181,799	615,749
Cash - End of Period	6,201,137	12,181,799
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Shares issued on conversion of debt	1,210,000
Share issued for purchase of license	1,210,000
Cash Received / Paid During the Period for:
Income Taxes		(109,496)
Interest	(39,509)	24,426
Previously Reported [Member]
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income (Loss)	(3,765,932)	(1,926,000)
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
Shares to be issued as consideration for services		0
Depreciation & Amortization	523,380	345,000
Lease liability - less current		0
Operating lease right-of-use		0
Net Change, Right-of-Use Asset & Liabilities	(31,775)	0
Change in Operating Assets & Liabilities:
Accounts Receivable	(395,002)	1,263,000
Inventory	(1,231,796)	97,000
Prepaids & Other Current Assets	32,910	77,000
Stock Account		0
Accounts Payable	32,653	77,000
Accrued Expenses	(267,464)	1,181,000
21030 Deferred Revenue	701,234	0
24240 Lease liability Current Portion		0
Net Cash From (Used In) Operating Activities	(5,470,618)	(737,000)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of Equipment	(76,636)	0
Leasehold improvements		(17,000)
Affiliate companies		0
Purchase of R&D Equipment		0
Demonstration Equipment		0
Purchase of Intangible Assets	(408,169)	(1,000)
Net Cash From (Used In) Investing Activities	(484,805)	(46,000)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from (Repayment of) Notes		(262,000)
Proceeds from (Repayment of) PPP Loan		(317,000)
Dividends Paid		0
Proceeds from Sale of Common Stock	(25,240)	12,927,000
Net Cash From (Used In) Financing Activities	(25,240)	12,348,000
Net Cash Flow for Period	(5,980,663)	11,566,000
Cash - Beginning of Period	12,181,799	616,000
Cash - End of Period	6,201,136	12,181,799
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Shares issued on conversion of debt		0
Shares issued as consideration for services		0
Share issued for purchase of license	1,210,000	0
Cash Received / Paid During the Period for:
Income Taxes		0
Interest	(39,509)	0
Revision of Prior Period, Reclassification, Adjustment [Member]
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income (Loss)	447,761	(170,000)
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
Shares to be issued as consideration for services	0	829,000
Depreciation & Amortization	0	93,000
Lease liability - less current		0
Operating lease right-of-use		0
Net Change, Right-of-Use Asset & Liabilities	0	0
Change in Operating Assets & Liabilities:
Accounts Receivable	0	(1,574,000)
Inventory	40,359	648,000
Prepaids & Other Current Assets	0	(132,000)
Stock Account		0
Accounts Payable	0	8,000
Accrued Expenses	0	(790,000)
21030 Deferred Revenue	(488,120)	(92,000)
24240 Lease liability Current Portion		173,000
Net Cash From (Used In) Operating Activities	51	673,000
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of Equipment	(50)	(689,000)
Leasehold improvements		17,000
Affiliate companies	0	(4,000)
Purchase of R&D Equipment	0	0
Demonstration Equipment	0	0
Purchase of Intangible Assets	0	1,000
Net Cash From (Used In) Investing Activities	(50)	(647,000)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from (Repayment of) Notes		0
Proceeds from (Repayment of) PPP Loan		0
Dividends Paid		0
Proceeds from Sale of Common Stock	0	(30,000)
Net Cash From (Used In) Financing Activities	0	(782,000)
Net Cash Flow for Period	(1)	0
Cash - Beginning of Period	0	0
Cash - End of Period	(1)	0
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Shares issued on conversion of debt		0
Shares issued as consideration for services		0
Share issued for purchase of license	0	0
Cash Received / Paid During the Period for:
Income Taxes		(109,000)
Interest	0	(24,000)
As Restated [Member]
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income (Loss)		(2,095,000)
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
Shares to be issued as consideration for services		829,000
Depreciation & Amortization		438,000
Lease liability - less current		0
Operating lease right-of-use		0
Net Change, Right-of-Use Asset & Liabilities		0
Change in Operating Assets & Liabilities:
Accounts Receivable		(311,000)
Inventory		745,000
Prepaids & Other Current Assets		(55,000)
Stock Account		0
Accounts Payable		85,000
Accrued Expenses		391,000
21030 Deferred Revenue		(92,000)
24240 Lease liability Current Portion		173,000
Net Cash From (Used In) Operating Activities		(64,000)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of Equipment		(689,000)
Leasehold improvements		0
Affiliate companies		(4,000)
Purchase of R&D Equipment		0
Demonstration Equipment		0
Purchase of Intangible Assets		0
Net Cash From (Used In) Investing Activities		(693,000)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from (Repayment of) Notes		(262,000)
Proceeds from (Repayment of) PPP Loan		(317,000)
Dividends Paid		0
Proceeds from Sale of Common Stock		12,897,000
Net Cash From (Used In) Financing Activities		11,566,000
Net Cash Flow for Period		11,566,000
Cash - Beginning of Period	$ 12,182,000	616,000
Cash - End of Period		12,182,000
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Shares issued on conversion of debt		0
Shares issued as consideration for services		0
Share issued for purchase of license		0
Cash Received / Paid During the Period for:
Income Taxes		(109,000)
Interest		$ (24,000)

v3.24.2.u1

SCHEDULE OF INVENTORY (Details) - USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Equipment Parts Inventory	$ 862,941	$ 759,930
Finished Goods Inventory	992,744	254,656
Sales Demo Inventory	162,958	0
Work in process Inventory	243,029	31,434
Inventory Reserve	(24,216)
Total Inventory	$ 2,237,456	$ 1,046,020

v3.24.2.u1

SCHEDULE OF ESTIMATED USEFUL LIVES FOR SIGNIFICANT PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (Details)	Dec. 31, 2023
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Useful life	15 years
Useful life	15 years
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Useful life	15 years
Office, Furniture and Fixtures [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Useful life	3 years
Office, Furniture and Fixtures [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Useful life	5 years
Machinery and Equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Useful life	5 years
Machinery and Equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Useful life	7 years

v3.24.2.u1

SCHEDULE OF FIXED ASSETS (Details) - USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Accumulated Depreciation	$ (729,956)	$ (483,800)
Total Fixed Assets	952,811	1,090,556
Machinery and Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	796,783	797,695
Office Furniture and Computer Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	77,487	80,909
Vehicles [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	90,959	9,989
In Process Research and Development [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	37,973	37,973
Leasehold Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	31,775
Demostration Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	$ 647,790	$ 647,790

v3.24.2.u1

SCHEDULE OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Details) - USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Accumulated Amortization	$ (725,228)	$ (469,229)
Total Intangible Assets	4,279,986	2,939,041
Customer Relationships [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible Assets, Gross	211,000	211,000
Equipment Design Documentation [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible Assets, Gross	2,675,000	2,675,000
Operational Software and Website [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible Assets, Gross	339,539	305,470
Trademarks [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible Assets, Gross	216,800	216,800
License and Patents [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible Assets, Gross	$ 1,562,875

v3.24.2.u1

SCHEDULE OF INCOME TAXES (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Corporate tax rate	21.00%	21.00%
Expected income tax (expense) recovery from net (income) loss	$ 790,846	$ 439,754
Annual effect of book/tax differences	3,765,932	2,094,064
Change in the valuation allowance	$ (4,586,841)	$ (2,533,818)

v3.24.2.u1

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Details Narrative) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Product Information [Line Items]
Deposits	$ 6,000,000
Deposits description	The terms on this CD if flexible, there is no fixed maturity day on CD, and funds can be withdrawn at any time without penalty.
Cash	$ 6,201,137	$ 12,181,799
Cash at bank	5,951,137
FDIC insurability	250,000	11,931,799
Accounts receivable	816,364	421,362
Allowance for doubtful accounts	216,083	18,397
Inventory obsolescence	24,216	101,698
Property, Plant, & Equipment, Net	952,811	1,090,556
Depreciation	$ 267,381	204,733
Useful life	15 years
Estimated useful lives	15 years
Intangible property	$ 4,279,986	2,939,041
Amortization expense	$ 255,999	233,099
Annual interest	6.50%
Sales tax liability	$ 106	0
Accounts payable	223,040	190,387
Deferred revenue	213,114	$ 0
Loan balances	$ 0
Diluted loss per share	$ (0.37)	$ (0.37)
One Customers [Member]
Product Information [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 0	$ 388,045
Revenue Benchmark [Member] | Customer Concentration Risk [Member] | Two Customers [Member]
Product Information [Line Items]
Concentration risk percentage		12.00%
Revenue Benchmark [Member] | Customer Concentration Risk [Member] | No Customers [Member]
Product Information [Line Items]
Concentration risk percentage	0.00%
Warrant [Member]
Product Information [Line Items]
Warrants for shares available to potentially issued	180,000
Share-Based Payment Arrangement, Option [Member]
Product Information [Line Items]
Warrants for shares available to potentially issued		25,000

v3.24.2.u1

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Details Narrative) - USD ($)		1 Months Ended				3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 04, 2022	Oct. 31, 2023	Apr. 30, 2023	Sep. 30, 2022	Oct. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2022	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
ICT Investments owns shares							4,688,695
Interest rate	96.10%
Common stock voting rights							the Company has engaged in the following transactions with our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of its voting securities, and affiliates or immediately family members of its directors, executive officers, and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and its co-founders
Common stock shares issued for services						3,000,000
Related party transaction service amount							$ 25,240	$ 829,500
Services amount								12,927,688
ICT Promissory Note [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Interest rate				10.00%
Promissory note, principal amount				$ 100,000
Debt instrument, maturity date				Sep. 29, 2023
Long Term Liabilities [Member] | ICT Promissory Note 2 [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Interest rate					6.00%
Promissory note, principal amount					$ 745,438
Debt instrument, maturity date					Dec. 31, 2023
Dmitriy Nikitin [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Related party payment							108,268	133,212
Chief Financial Officer [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Common stock shares issued			25,000
Fonon Technologies Inc [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Common stock shares issued for services		1,000,000
Related party transaction amount		$ 254,327.84
Related party transaction service amount		900,000
Fonon Technologies [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Services amount		$ 1,240,000
ICT Investments [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Related party payment							$ 92,526	86,914
Related party payment for suppliers								$ 86,460
ICT Investments LLC [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Ownership investments percentage						59.50%		59.50%
ICT Investments LLC [Member] | Dmitriy Nikitin [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Ownership investments percentage							58.70%

v3.24.2.u1

SCHEDULE OF WARRANTS (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023 USD ($) $ / shares shares
Equity [Abstract]
Warrants,Execution price, Beginning balance | $ / shares	$ 6
Warrants, Amount, Beginning balance	180,000
Warrants of Beginning balance | $	$ 1,080,000
Warrants, Amount, Issued
Warrants, Amount, Expired
Warrants,Execution price, Ending balance | $ / shares	$ 6
Warrants, Amount, Ending balance	180,000
Warrants of Ending balance | $	$ 1,080,000

v3.24.2.u1

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY/DEFICIT (Details Narrative) - USD ($)		1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	Feb. 02, 2024	Oct. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2023	Jun. 30, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022	Dec. 12, 2022	Dec. 31, 2021
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Preferred stock, par value			$ 0.001		$ 0.001	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, shares authorized			10,000,000		10,000,000	10,000,000	10,000,000
Preferred stock, shares outstanding			0		0	0	0
Preferred stock, shares issued			0		0	0	0
Common stock, par value			$ 0.001		$ 0.001	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, shares authorized			100,000,000		100,000,000	100,000,000	100,000,000
Common stock, issued			9,253,417		7,878,417	9,253,417	7,878,417
Number of shares issued					3,000,000
Warrants issued			180,000			180,000
Stockholders' equity			$ 13,929,252		$ 17,131,488	$ 13,929,252	$ 17,131,488		$ 5,468,364
Treasury stock shares repurchased		24,937
Treasury stock value repurchased		$ 33,560
Service charge expense		250				$ 220,298	$ 18,397
Treasury stock repurchased cost		$ 33,810
Exercisable price			$ 6		$ 6	$ 6	$ 6
Tra Digital [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Number of shares issued for service				350,000
Tim Schick [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Number of shares issued for service				25,000
Fonon Technologies Inc [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Number of shares issued			1,000,000
Alexander Capital [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Warrants issued								180,000
Exercisable price								$ 6.00
Equity Option [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Options issued						0
Options outstanding			0			0
Subsequent Event [Member] | Jade Barnwell [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Number of shares issued	17,000

v3.24.2.u1

SCHEDULE OF MATURITY OF LEASE LIABILITIES (Details)	Dec. 31, 2023 USD ($)
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
2024	$ 434,153
2025	162,990
Total	$ 597,143

v3.24.2.u1

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Details Narrative)	1 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2023 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2022 USD ($) ft²	Oct. 31, 2021 USD ($) ft²	Dec. 31, 2023 USD ($)	Jan. 01, 2020 USD ($)
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
Lease square feet | ft²		8,000	18,000
Rent monthly payment	$ 10,000	$ 14,805	$ 15,109
Combined monthly expense			$ 25,109
Operating lease right-of-use asset		832,072		$ 597,143	$ 597,143
Operating lease liability		344,510		434,152	434,153
Operating lease liability non current		$ 487,562		$ 162,991	$ 162,990

v3.24.2.u1

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Details Narrative) - shares	Feb. 02, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Common stock shares, issued		9,253,419	7,878,419
Subsequent Event [Member] | Jade Barnwell [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Common stock shares, issued	17,000

v3.24.2.u1

SCHEDULE OF RESTATEMENT OF RECONCILIATION BALANCE SHEET 2023 (Details) - USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022	Dec. 31, 2021	Jan. 01, 2020
Assets
Cash and cash equivalent	$ 6,201,137	$ 12,181,799
Accounts receivable, net	816,364	421,362
Inventory	2,237,456	1,046,020
Other Assets	39,190	72,527
Total current assets	9,294,147	13,721,708
PP&E	952,811	1,090,556
Intangible Assets Net	4,279,986	2,939,041
Operating Lease Right of Use Asset	597,143	832,072		$ 597,143
Total assets	15,124,087	18,583,377
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable	223,040	190,387
Deferred revenue	213,114
Current Portion of Operating Lease	434,152	344,510		$ 434,153
Accrued expenses	161,538	429,429
Total current liabilities	1,031,844	964,326
Total Long Term Liabilities	162,991	487,562
Total Liability	1,194,835	1,451,888
Total stockholders’ equity	13,929,252	17,131,488	$ 5,468,364
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	15,124,087	18,583,376
Previously Reported [Member]
Assets
Cash and cash equivalent	6,201,137	12,182,000
Accounts receivable, net	816,364	1,347,000
Inventory	2,277,816	1,693,000
Other Assets	39,190	72,000
Total current assets	9,334,507	15,294,000
PP&E	952,811	1,091,000
Intangible Assets Net	4,279,986	2,939,000
Operating Lease Right of Use Asset	597,143	832,000
Total assets	15,164,447	20,156,000
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable	223,040	190,000
Deferred revenue	701,234	0
Current Portion of Operating Lease	434,152	345,000
Accrued expenses	161,538	351,000
Total current liabilities	1,519,964	886,000
Total Long Term Liabilities	162,991	488,000
Total Liability	1,682,955	1,374,000
Total stockholders’ equity	13,481,492	18,328,000
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	15,164,447	19,702,000
Revision of Prior Period, Reclassification, Adjustment [Member]
Assets
Cash and cash equivalent	0	0
Accounts receivable, net	0	(926,000)
Inventory	(40,360)	(647,000)
Other Assets	0	0
Total current assets	0	(1,575,000)
PP&E	0	0
Intangible Assets Net	0	0
Operating Lease Right of Use Asset	0	0
Total assets	(40,360)	(1,575,000)
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable	0	0
Deferred revenue	(488,120)	0
Current Portion of Operating Lease	0	0
Accrued expenses	0	78,000
Total current liabilities	(488,120)	78,000
Total Long Term Liabilities	0	0
Total Liability	(488,120)	78,000
Total stockholders’ equity	447,761	(36,000)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$ (40,359)	$ (282,000)

v3.24.2.u1

SCHEDULE OF RESTATEMENT OF RECONCILIATION STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS 2023 (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
New Accounting Pronouncements or Change in Accounting Principle [Line Items]
Net Sales	$ 3,939,473	$ 3,894,901
Cost of Sales	1,041,697	1,954,328
Gross Profit	2,897,776	1,947,741
Operating Expenses:	6,246,011	4,017,379
Operating Income	(3,348,234)	(2,069,638)
Onter income	30,063
Net Income (Loss)	$ (3,318,171)	$ (2,094,064)
Income (Loss) per Share
Basic	$ (0.37)	$ (0.37)
Diluted	$ (0.37)	$ (0.37)
Previously Reported [Member]
New Accounting Pronouncements or Change in Accounting Principle [Line Items]
Net Sales	$ 3,939,474	$ 4,955,000
Cost of Sales	1,489,457	2,088,000
Gross Profit	2,450,017	2,867,000
Operating Expenses:	6,246,011	4,775,000
Operating Income	(3,795,994)	(1,908,000)
Onter income	30,063
Net Income (Loss)	$ (3,765,932)	$ (1,926,000)
Income (Loss) per Share
Basic	$ (0.42)	$ (0.18)
Diluted	$ (0.42)	$ (0.18)
Revision of Prior Period, Reclassification, Adjustment [Member]
New Accounting Pronouncements or Change in Accounting Principle [Line Items]
Net Sales	$ 0	$ (1,061,000)
Cost of Sales	(447,761)	(134,000)
Gross Profit	447,761	(920,000)
Operating Expenses:	0	(757,000)
Operating Income	447,760	(163,000)
Onter income	0
Net Income (Loss)	$ 447,761	$ (170,000)
Income (Loss) per Share
Basic	$ 0.05	$ (0.17)
Diluted	$ 0.05	$ (0.09)

v3.24.2.u1

SCHEDULE OF RESTATEMENT OF RECONCILIATION STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 2023 (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income (Loss)	$ (3,318,171)	$ (2,094,064)
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
Shares issued on conversion of debt
Shares to be issued as consideration for services
Shares issued for compensation	145,550
Distribution to affiliate	(1,214,325)
Depreciation & Amortization	523,380	437,832
Net Change, Right-of-Use Asset & Liabilities	(31,775)
Accounts Receivable	(395,002)
Inventory	(1,191,437)	744,932
Prepaids & Other Current Assets	32,910	(54,722)
Stock Account
Accounts Payable	32,653	84,894
Accrued Expenses	(267,464)	391,218
21030 Deferred Revenue	213,114	(91,775)
Net Cash From (Used In) Operating Activities	(5,470,567)	(63,376)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of Equipment	(76,686)	(689,250)
Affiliate companies
Purchase of R&D Equipment
Demonstration Equipment	0
Purchase of Intangible Assets	(408,169)
Net Cash From (Used In) Investing Activities	(484,855)	(689,250)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from (Repayment of) Notes		(261,684)
Proceeds from (Repayment of) PPP Loan		(317,328)
Dividends Paid
Proceeds from Sale of Common Stock	(25,240)	12,897,688
Net Cash From (Used In) Financing Activities	(25,240)	12,318,676
Net Cash Flow for Period	(5,980,662)	11,566,050
Cash - Beginning of Period	12,181,799	615,749
Cash - End of Period	6,201,137	12,181,799
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Share issued for purchase of license	1,210,000
Cash Received / Paid During the Period for:
Income Taxes		(109,496)
Interest	39,509	(24,426)
Previously Reported [Member]
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income (Loss)	(3,765,932)	(1,926,000)
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
Shares issued on conversion of debt	0
Shares to be issued as consideration for services		0
Shares issued for compensation	145,550
Distribution to affiliate	(1,214,325)
Depreciation & Amortization	523,380	345,000
Net Change, Right-of-Use Asset & Liabilities	(31,775)	0
Accounts Receivable	(395,002)	1,263,000
Inventory	(1,231,796)	97,000
Prepaids & Other Current Assets	32,910	77,000
Stock Account		0
Accounts Payable	32,653	77,000
Accrued Expenses	(267,464)	1,181,000
21030 Deferred Revenue	701,234	0
Net Cash From (Used In) Operating Activities	(5,470,618)	(737,000)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of Equipment	(76,636)	0
Affiliate companies		0
Purchase of R&D Equipment		0
Demonstration Equipment		0
Purchase of Intangible Assets	(408,169)	(1,000)
Net Cash From (Used In) Investing Activities	(484,805)	(46,000)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from (Repayment of) Notes		(262,000)
Proceeds from (Repayment of) PPP Loan		(317,000)
Dividends Paid		0
Proceeds from Sale of Common Stock	(25,240)	12,927,000
Net Cash From (Used In) Financing Activities	(25,240)	12,348,000
Net Cash Flow for Period	(5,980,663)	11,566,000
Cash - Beginning of Period	12,181,799	616,000
Cash - End of Period	6,201,136	12,181,799
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Share issued for purchase of license	1,210,000	0
Cash Received / Paid During the Period for:
Income Taxes		0
Interest	39,509	(0)
Revision of Prior Period, Reclassification, Adjustment [Member]
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income (Loss)	447,761	(170,000)
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
Shares issued on conversion of debt	0
Shares to be issued as consideration for services	0	829,000
Shares issued for compensation	0
Distribution to affiliate	0
Depreciation & Amortization	0	93,000
Net Change, Right-of-Use Asset & Liabilities	0	0
Accounts Receivable	0	(1,574,000)
Inventory	40,359	648,000
Prepaids & Other Current Assets	0	(132,000)
Stock Account		0
Accounts Payable	0	8,000
Accrued Expenses	0	(790,000)
21030 Deferred Revenue	(488,120)	(92,000)
Net Cash From (Used In) Operating Activities	51	673,000
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of Equipment	(50)	(689,000)
Affiliate companies	0	(4,000)
Purchase of R&D Equipment	0	0
Demonstration Equipment	0	0
Purchase of Intangible Assets	0	1,000
Net Cash From (Used In) Investing Activities	(50)	(647,000)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from (Repayment of) Notes		0
Proceeds from (Repayment of) PPP Loan		0
Dividends Paid		0
Proceeds from Sale of Common Stock	0	(30,000)
Net Cash From (Used In) Financing Activities	0	(782,000)
Net Cash Flow for Period	(1)	0
Cash - Beginning of Period	0	0
Cash - End of Period	(1)	0
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Share issued for purchase of license	0	0
Cash Received / Paid During the Period for:
Income Taxes		(109,000)
Interest	$ 0	$ 24,000

---